Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(after negation)

  • 1 either

    1. adjective
    1) (each)

    at either end of the table — an beiden Enden des Tisches

    either way — so oder so

    2) (one or other) [irgend]ein... [von beiden]

    take either one — nimm einen/eine/eins von [den] beiden

    2. pronoun
    1) (each) beide Pl.

    I can't cope with either — ich kann mit keinem von beiden fertig werden

    I don't like either [of them] — ich mag beide nicht

    2) (one or other) einer/eine/ein[e]s [von beiden]

    either of the buses — jeder der beiden Busse; beide Busse

    3. adverb
    1) (any more than the other) auch [nicht]

    I don't like that either — ich mag es auch nicht

    2) (moreover, furthermore) noch nicht einmal

    there was a time, and not so long ago either — früher, noch gar nicht einmal so lange her

    4. conjunction

    either... or... — entweder... oder...; (after negation) weder... noch...

    * * *
    1. pronoun
    (the one or the other of two: You may borrow either of these books; I offered him coffee or tea, but he didn't want either.) eines (von zweien)
    2. adjective
    1) (the one or the other (of two things, people etc): He can write with either hand.) jede(-r/-s) (von zweien)
    2) (the one and the other (of two things, people etc); both: at either side of the garden.) beide
    3. adverb
    1) (used for emphasis: If you don't go, I won't either.) auch nicht
    2) (moreover; besides: I used to sing, and I hadn't a bad voice, either.) auch nicht
    •
    - academic.ru/115995/either_..._or">either... or
    - either way
    * * *
    [ˈaɪðəʳ, ˈi:-, AM ˈi:ðɚ, ˈaɪ-]
    I. conj
    \either...[,] or... entweder...[,] oder...
    \either you leave now[,] or I call the police! entweder Sie gehen jetzt[,] oder ich rufe die Polizei!
    II. adv inv
    1. (introducing alternative)
    \either... or... entweder... oder...
    available in \either black or white in Schwarz oder Weiß erhältlich
    + neg
    I won't call him \either today or tomorrow ich rufe ihn weder heute noch morgen an
    I haven't been to the cinema for ages — I haven't been \either ich bin seit Ewigkeiten nicht [mehr] im Kino gewesen — ich auch nicht
    it won't do any harm, but won't really help \either es schadet nicht, hilft aber auch nicht wirklich
    3. + neg (moreover)
    they do really good food at that restaurant and it's not very expensive \either das Essen in diesem Restaurant ist wirklich gut, und nicht einmal sehr teuer
    III. adj attr, inv
    I sat with two smokers on \either side of me ich saß zwischen zwei Rauchern
    on \either side were fields of grass zu beiden Seiten waren Wiesen
    2. (one of two) eine(r, s) [von beiden]
    \either person would be fine for the job jede/jeder der beiden wäre für den Job geeignet
    there are no children of \either marriage aus den beiden Ehen stammen keine Kinder
    \either way [or in \either case] so oder so
    IV. pron no pl beide/beides
    we have beer and wine — would you like \either? wir haben Bier und Wein — was hättest du lieber?
    you can have \either of the two chocolates welche der beiden Pralinen hättest du gern?
    \either of you eine/einer von euch beiden
    * * *
    ['aɪDə__rraisedˑ, 'iːðə(r)]
    1. adj pron
    1) (= one or other) eine(r, s) (von beiden)

    there are two boxes on the table, take either (of them) — auf dem Tisch liegen zwei Schachteln, nimm eine davon

    2) (= each, both) jede(r, s), beide pl

    which bus will you take? – either (will do) — welchen Bus wollen Sie nehmen? – das ist egal

    she offered me tea and coffee, but I don't drink either (of them) — sie bot mir Tee und Kaffee an, aber ich trinke keines von beiden or ich trinke beides nicht

    it wasn't in either ( box) — es war in keiner der beiden (Kisten)

    2. adv conj
    1) (after neg statement) auch nicht

    he sings badly and he can't act either — er ist ein schlechter Sänger, und spielen kann er auch nicht

    I have never heard of him – no, I haven't either — ich habe noch nie von ihm gehört – ich auch nicht

    2)

    either... or — entweder... oder; (after a negative) weder... noch

    he must be either lazy or stupid — er muss entweder faul oder dumm sein

    3)

    (= moreover) she inherited some money and not an insignificant amount either — sie hat Geld geerbt, und (zwar) gar nicht so wenig

    * * *
    either [besonders Br ˈaıðə(r); besonders US ˈiːðə(r)]
    A adj
    1. jeder, jede, jedes (von zweien), beide:
    on either side auf beiden Seiten;
    in either case in jedem der beiden Fälle, in beiden Fällen;
    he can shoot with either foot (Fußball) er kann beidbeinig oder -füßig schießen;
    there is nothing in either bottle beide Flaschen sind leer
    2. irgendein(er, e, es) (von zweien):
    either way auf die eine od die andere Art;
    you may sit at either end of the table Sie können am oberen od unteren Ende des Tisches sitzen
    B pron
    1. irgendein(er, e, es) (von zweien):
    either of you can come (irgend)einer von euch (beiden) kann kommen;
    I haven’t seen either ich habe beide nicht gesehen, ich habe keinen (von beiden) gesehen
    2. beides:
    C konj
    1. entweder:
    either … or entweder … oder;
    either be quiet or go entweder sei still oder geh;
    either you are right or I am entweder hast du recht oder ich
    2. either … or weder … noch (im verneinenden Satz):
    it is not enough either for you or for me es reicht weder für dich noch für mich
    D adv
    1. not either auch nicht;
    nor … either (und) auch nicht, noch;
    she could not hear nor speak either sie konnte weder hören noch sprechen;
    if he does not dance she will not either wenn er nicht tanzt, wird sie es auch nicht tun;
    she sings, and not badly either sie singt, und gar nicht schlecht
    without either good or bad intentions ohne gute oder schlechte Absichten
    * * *
    1. adjective
    2) (one or other) [irgend]ein... [von beiden]

    take either one — nimm einen/eine/eins von [den] beiden

    2. pronoun
    1) (each) beide Pl.

    I don't like either [of them] — ich mag beide nicht

    2) (one or other) einer/eine/ein[e]s [von beiden]

    either of the buses — jeder der beiden Busse; beide Busse

    3. adverb
    2) (moreover, furthermore) noch nicht einmal

    there was a time, and not so long ago either — früher, noch gar nicht einmal so lange her

    4. conjunction

    either... or... — entweder... oder...; (after negation) weder... noch...

    * * *
    adj.
    einer von beiden adj.

    English-german dictionary > either

  • 2 πω

    πω
    Grammatical information: enclit. pcle.
    Meaning: `ever, still' (Il.)_, almost always after negation, οὔ-πω, μή-πω, οὑ πώποτε, Dor. (Epich.) οὑ πώποκα, posthom. also in questions with negating sense τί πω etc.
    Other forms: Ion. κω; besides Dor. πη in ἄλλη πη `anywhere else' (Cyrene), πήποκα `ever' (Sparta Va, Theoc. a.o.).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [644] * kʷo-h₁ `ever, still'
    Etymology: Fixed instr. = OP kā confirming pcle. resp. Goth. ƕe `anyhow', IE * kʷo-h₁, kʷe-h₁ from pron. * kʷo-, s. πόθεν w. lit.; cf. Schwyzer-Debrunner 579, with further details.
    Page in Frisk: 2,632

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > πω

  • 3 tam

    tam, adv. [orig. acc. fem. of the demonstrative root ta-; cf.: tum, tamen], correlative of quam, so, so much, as.
    I.
    As comparative adverb, demonstrative with correlative quam, introducing comparative clauses of like intensity.
    A.
    As adjunct of adjectives or participles the intensity of which is expressed by a comparative clause, tam... quam = as... as; negatively, non (neque, nihil, etc.) tam... quam = not so... as.
    1.
    In comparison between two adjj.:

    tam esse clemens tyrannus quam rex importunus potest,

    a tyrant may be as mild as a king may be harsh, Cic. Rep. 1, 33, 50 (B. and K. bracket rex):

    non tam solido quam splendido nomine,

    id. Fin. 1, 18, 61:

    tam culpae hostium justus existimator quam gloriosus victor,

    Val. Max. 3, 8, 1:

    adjuro, tam me tibi vera referre Quam veri majora fide,

    things as true as they are beyond belief, Ov. M. 3, 659:

    quorum vires quam repentinae tam breves,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 7, 2.—Negatively:

    non enim tam praeclarum est scire Latine quam turpe nescire,

    Cic. Brut. 37, 140:

    ut illa... non tam mirabilia sunt, quam conjecta belle,

    id. Div. 2, 31, 66; 2, 36, 76: nec tam Turpe fuit vinci [p. 1836] quam contendisse decorum est, Ov. M. 9, 5. —Tam preceded by comp. clause:

    maximeque eam pestilentiam insignem mors quam matura tam acerba M. Furi fecit,

    Liv. 7, 1, 8:

    quam magni nominis bellum est, tam difficilem existimaritis victoriam fore,

    id. 21, 43, 11:

    donec quam felices seditiones, tam honorati seditionum auctores essent,

    id. 4, 2, 4. —
    2.
    In a comparison between degrees of intensity, etc., of the same adjective.
    a.
    As in relative clauses, the adjective repeated (so esp. in Plaut.;

    not repeated in English): tam liquidus est quam liquida tempestas esse solet,

    as serene as the weather is wont to be, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 64:

    quam placida'st aqua,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 165:

    tam frictum ego illum reddam quam frictum est cicer,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 7.—Negatively:

    nemo orator tam multa scripsit quam multa sunt nostra,

    Cic. Or. 30, 168:

    tametsi non tam multum in istis rebus intellego quam multa vidi,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 43, § 94.—
    b.
    The adjective not repeated.
    (α).
    The terms of comparison being nouns or pronouns:

    tam ego fui ante liber quam gnatus tuus ( = quam liber gnatus tuus est),

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 60:

    fieret corium tam maculosum quam est nutricis pallium,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 30:

    tam mihi mea vita quam tua Tibi cara est,

    id. Cas. 3, 6, 43:

    ni illam mihi tam tranquillam facis quam mare est,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 145:

    tam crebri ad terram decidebant quam pira,

    id. ib. 2, 38:

    tam excoctam reddam atque atram quam carbo'st,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 63:

    quom fervit maxume, tam placidum (eum) quam ovem reddo,

    id. ib. 4, 1, 18:

    tam sum misericors quam vos, tam mitis quam qui lenissimus,

    Cic. Sull. 31, 87:

    tam gratum mihi id erit quam quod gratissimum,

    id. Fam. 13, 3:

    nulla ingenia tam prona ad invidiam sunt quam eorum qui genus ac fortunam suam animis non aequant,

    Liv. 45, 22:

    nihil est tam violentum quam magna vis aquae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 30, 6:

    (cum sit) tam aurum et argentum quam aes Corinthium ( = cum aurum et argentum tam sit Corinthium quam aes),

    Quint. 8, 2, 8:

    (ira) tam inutilis animi minister est quam miles qui signum receptui neglegit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 9, 2.—

    Negatively: neque opes nostrae tam sunt validae quam tuae,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 20:

    nihil esse tam detestabile tamque pestiferum quam voluptatem,

    Cic. Sen. 12, 41:

    neque tam condenso corpore nubes esse queunt quam sunt lapides, neque autem tam tenues quam nebulae,

    Lucr. 6, 101.—Virtually negative:

    quod enim tam infidum mare quam blanditiae principum? ( = nullum tam infidum mare, etc.),

    Plin. Pan. 66. — With comp. pregn. (very rare): istam dextram non tam in bellis et proeliis quam in promissis et fide firmiorem, i. e. whose superior trustworthiness is not so much in wars, etc., Cic. Deiot. 3, 8:

    vectigal ex agro eorum capimus, quod nobis non tam fructu jucundius est, quam ultione,

    Liv. 28, 39, 13. —
    (β).
    With quam in subst.-clause:

    quicquid mali hic Pisistratus non fecerit, tam gratum est quam si alium facere prohibuerit,

    Cic. Att. 8, 16, 2.—Negatively:

    juris interpretatio, quae non tam mihi molesta sit propter laborem quam quod dicendi cogitationem auferat,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 12. —

    Virtually negative: quid autem tam exiguum quam est munus hoc eorum qui consuluntur?

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14.—
    (γ).
    With quam in adverb.-clause:

    cupam facito tam crassam quam modioli postulant,

    Cato, R. R. 21, 1:

    si era mea sciat tam socordem esse quam sum,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 5:

    tua est imago: tam consimili'st quam potest,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 4:

    sororem tam similem quam lacte lacti est,

    id. Mil. 2, 2, 87.—
    B.
    Tam with advv.: tam... quam = as ( so)... as; negatively = not so... as.
    1.
    Comparing an adv. with another adv. or adverb. clause: satin' istuc mihi exquisitum est...? Ar. Tam satis quam numquam hoc invenies secus, with as full certainty as that you will never find this otherwise, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 106.—Virtually negative:

    quis umquam obeundi negotii studio tam brevi tempore tot loca adire potuit, quam celeriter Cn. Pompejo duce tanti belli impetus navigavit?

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34. —After quam:

    nam dictaturam quam pertinaciter ei deferebat populus, tam constanter repulit,

    Vell. 2, 89, 5 (the repetition of the adverb is especially frequent in tam diu... quam diu; v. tamdiu).—
    2.
    The adverb understood after quam: sed tu novisti fidicinam? Tr. Tam facile quam me (quam facile me novi), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 72:

    tam facile vinces quam pirum volpes comest,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 26:

    tam hercle certe quam ego ted, ac tu me vides,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 77:

    tam audacter (ibis intro) quam domum ad te,

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 109:

    tam facile quam tu arbitraris,

    Cic. Div. 1, 6, 10:

    tam cito evertetur quam navis, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    nihil tam cito redditur quam a speculo imago,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 4, 2. —

    Negatively: (ira) quia non tam cito in alium quam vult erumpit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 19, 4.—Virtually negative (very freq.):

    quasi vero quidquam sit tam valde, quam nihil sapere, vulgare,

    Cic. Div. 2, 39, 81. — With sup. adv.: quam potes tam verba confer maxime ad compendium = as much as you can (hence the idiomatic expression: quam maxime = as much as possible), Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184. —
    C.
    With verbs: tam... quam = as much... as, as well... as; negatively: non tam... quam, not so much... as.
    1.
    One verb compared with another:

    nam quod edit tam duim quam perduim,

    for what he can eat I would give as much as lose, Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 6:

    vellem tam domestica ferre possem quam ista contemnere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:

    utinam tam non pigeat ista facere quam non displicebit,

    Quint. 2, 5, 17:

    Tyrus et ipsa tam movetur quam diluitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 26, 5.—Negatively:

    fit quoque enim interdum ut non tam concurrere nubes frontibus adversis possint quam de latere ire,

    Lucr. 6, 115.—
    2.
    The same verb repeated or understood after quam; the compared terms being,
    (α).
    Nouns or pronouns: tam mihi quam illi libertatem hostilis eripuit manus;

    tam ille apud nos servit quam ego hic apud te servio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 61:

    tam hic scit me habere (pecuniam) quam egomet (i. e. scio),

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 12:

    quam tu filium tuum, tam me pater me meus desiderat,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 6:

    tam huic loqui licere oportet quam isti,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 58:

    tam tibi istuc credo quam mihi,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 25:

    haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137:

    tam moveor quam tu, Luculle,

    id. ib. 2, 46, 141:

    tamque id... tuendum conservandumque nobis est quam illud, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 17: amurcam periti agricolae tam in doliis condunt quam oleum aut vinum ( as well as), Varr. R. R. 1, 61:

    tam natura putarem vitam hominis sustentari quam vitis, quam arboris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:

    sicut pueris, qui tam parentibus amissis flebunt quam nucibus,

    Sen. Ira. 1, 12, 4:

    meliorque tam sibi quam aliis faciendus (est),

    id. ib. 1, 15, 1:

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies rettulit (i. e. solstitium tam rettulit dies quam rettulit aequinoctium),

    id. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    quoniam orationis tam ornatus quam perspicuitas aut in singulis verbis est aut in pluribus positus (i. e. ornatus tam positus est quam perspicuitas),

    Quint. 8, 3, 15. — This construction passes into mere co - ordination: tam vera quam falsa cernimus, as well... as, almost = both... and, Cic. Ac. 2, 34, 111: repentina res, quia quam causam nullam tam ne fidem quidem habebat ( = ut causam nullam, sic ne fidem quidem; cf.

    sic),

    Liv. 8, 27, 10; so Sall. J. 31, 16; id. H. 1, 41, 24 Dietsch; cf. Liv. 33, 17, 9; Sen. Q. N. 4, 13, 4. —

    Negatively: non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    nihil est quod tam obtundat elevetque aegritudinem... quam meditatio condicionis humanae,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 34:

    quae compararat non tam suae delectationis causa quam ad invitationes adventusque nostrorum hominum,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83:

    cujus me facti paenituit non tam propter periculum meum quam propter vitia multa quae,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 2:

    qua nulla in re tam utor quam in hac civili et publica,

    id. Att. 2, 17, 2:

    neque eos tam istius hominis perditi subita laetitia quam hominis amplissimi nova gratulatio movebat,

    id. Verr. 1, 8, 21:

    Iliensibus Rhoeteum addiderunt, non tam ob recentia ulla merita quam originum memoria,

    Liv. 38, 39, 10.—
    (β).
    Object-inff.:

    qualis est istorum oratio qui omnia non tam esse quam videri volunt,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 14, 44:

    quid enim tam pugnat, quam non modo miserum, sed omnino quidquam esse qui non sit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 7, 13:

    virtute ipsa non tam multi praediti esse quam videri volunt,

    id. Lael. 26, 98.—
    (γ).
    Subject-inff. or dependent clauses:

    ego illud argentum tam paratum filio Scio esse, quam me hunc scipionem contui ( = tam scio, argentum paratum esse, quam scio me, etc.),

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 109:

    Parmenonis tam scio esse hanc techinam quam me vivere,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 51:

    tam teneor dono quam si dimittar onustus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 18:

    Acrisium Tam violasse deum quam non agnosse nepotem Paenitet,

    Ov. M. 4, 613:

    tam perdis operam cum illi irasceris, quam cum illum alteri precaris iratum,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 30, 2.—Negatively (so most freq.):

    nihil est quod tam deceat quam in omni re gerenda servare constantiam,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125:

    eundum igitur est, nec tam ut belli quam ut fugae socii simus,

    id. Att. 9, 2, a, 3:

    nec tam quaerendum est, dolor malumne sit, quam firmandus animus ad dolorem ferendum,

    id. Tusc. 2, 12, 28:

    non tam ut prosim causis elaborare soleo, quam ut ne quid obsim,

    id. Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cum ego te non tam vitandi laboris mei causa quam quia tua id interesse arbitrarer, hortatus essem,

    id. Top. 1, 2:

    auxilia convenerant non tam Vejentium gratia concitata, quam quod in spem ventum erat, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 44, 7:

    Boji defecerunt, nec tam ob veteres in populum Romanum iras, quam quod, etc.,

    id. 21, 25, 2. — So with causal clauses, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24; id. Or. 3, 30, 119; id. Sest. 64, 135; Liv. 8, 19, 3. —
    (δ).
    With quam in adverb.-clause:

    tam confido quam poti'st,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 1; and in Cicero's epistolary style, tam esse with predicative force (like ita esse, sic esse;

    v. sic): atque ego haec tam esse quam audio non puto ( = tam male esse),

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9.—
    (ε).
    Tam with a neg. is sometimes followed by sed with an independent clause, instead of a comp. clause:

    quidam autem non tam id reprehendunt, si remissius agatur, sed tantum studium tamque multam operam ponendam in eo non arbitrantur,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 1, 1 Madv. ad loc.; cf.:

    quae (suaviloquentia) quidem non tam est in plerisque... sed est ea laus eloquentiae certe maxima,

    id. Brut. 15, 58.—
    D.
    With esse and predic. noun:

    tam ea est quam poti'st nostra erilis concubina,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 47:

    equidem tam sum servos quam tu,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 11:

    tam ego homo sum quam tu,

    id. As. 2, 4, 83:

    nam id nobis tam flagitium'st quam illa Non facere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 68:

    tam es tu judex quam ego senator,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 7, 17:

    tam sum amicus rei publicae quam qui maxime,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 6.—With prep. and its case as predicate:

    tam hoc quidem tibi in proclivi quam imber quando pluit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 86:

    qui non defendit, nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio quam si parentes, etc., deserat,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 23. —

    Negatively: nihil est tam contra naturam quam turpitudo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 8, 35. —
    E.
    With quasi in place of quam:

    tam a me pudica est quasi soror mea sit,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 51. —
    F.
    Quam... tam with compp. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (ante-class. and poet.): quam magis aerumna urget, tam magis ad malefaciendum viget, Enn. ap. Quint. 9, 3, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 303 Vahl.):

    quam magis adspecto, tam magis est nimbata,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 138:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror quae meus filius turbavit,

    id. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    quo quaeque magis sunt aspera semina eorum, Tam magis in somnis eadem saevire necessust,

    Lucr. 4, 999:

    quae quanto magis inter se perplexa coibant, Tam magis expressa ea quae mare... efficerent,

    id. 5, 453:

    tam magis illa fremens et tristibus effera flammis, Quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    Verg. A. 7, 787.—With quanto for quam:

    quanto magis aetheris aestus cogebant terram, Tam magis, etc.,

    Lucr. 5, 484. —With rel. adv. for quam:

    verum ubicumque magis denso sunt agmine nubes, tam magis hinc... fremitus fit,

    Lucr. 6, 99. — Ellips. of tam:

    quam magis specto. minus placet mihi hominis facies,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 19.—
    G.
    Quam... tam with superll. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (mostly anteclass.; cf.

    the class.: ut quisque maxime... ita maxime): quam citissime conficies, tam maxime expediet,

    Cato, R. R. 64 (65):

    oleum quam diutissime in amurca erit, tam deterrimum erit,

    id. ib. 64 (65):

    quam acerbissima olea oleum facies, tam oleum optumum erit,

    id. ib. 65 (66): quam plurimum [p. 1837] erit, tam citissime canus fiet, id. ib. 157 (158) med.:

    quam ad probos propinquitate proxume te adjunxeris, tam optumum est,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 59:

    quam maxime huic vana haec suspicio erit, tam facillime patris pacem in leges conficiet suas,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 44:

    quam vos facillime agitis, quam estis maxume Potentes, dites, fortunati, nobiles: tam maxime vos aequo animo aequa noscere Oportet,

    id. Ad. 3, 4, 56:

    quam paucissimos reliqueris, tam optimi fiunt in alendo,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9:

    quam quisque pessume fecit, tam maxume tutus est,

    Sall. J. 31, 14. —
    H.
    With quam in immediate succession (to be distinguished from the conj. tamquam, as if):

    nam, si a mare abstinuissem, tam quam hoc uterer ( = tam illo uterer quam hoc),

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 26:

    tam quam proserpens bestia (iste) est bilinguis et scelestus ( = tam bilinguis quam, etc.),

    id. Fers. 2, 4, 28: esne tu huic amicus? To. Tam quam di omnes qui caelum colunt, id. ib. 4, 4, 32: vide, homo ut hominem noveris. Sy. Tam quam me, id. Trin. 4, 2, 68: nostine? Da. Tam quam te, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 15 (for tam diu, with or without quam, quam diu, etc., v. tamdiu).
    II.
    With a comp. clause understood.
    A.
    With a comp. clause to be supplied from a preceding sentence:

    quae faciliora sunt philosophis... quia tam graviter cadere non possunt (sc. quam alii),

    Cic. Off. 1, 21, 73:

    cur corporis curandi causa quaesita sit ars, animi autem medicina nec tam desiderata sit..., nec tam culta (i. e. quam corporis medicina),

    id. Tusc. 3, 1, 1:

    nihil umquam tam eleganter explicabunt (i. e. quam Plato),

    id. ib. 1, 23, 55:

    non conturbat me expectatio tua, etsi nihil est eis, qui placere volunt, tam adversarium,

    id. Ac. 2, 4, 10:

    sed ea (plebs) nequaquam tam laeta Quinctium vidit (i. e. quam ejus amici),

    Liv. 3, 26, 12: nec minora consequi potuit (Maecenas);

    sed non tam concupivit (sc. quam Agrippa),

    Vell. 2, 88, 2: nec tibi tam longis opus est ambagibus usquam, nec me tam multam hic operam consumere par est (i. e. quam consumere opus sit, si haec tractare velim), Lucr 6, 1079; so, tam gratia est (colloq.) = non accipio, sed tam gratia est quam esset si acciperem, I thank you just as much; no, thank you:

    bene vocas (ad prandium): tam gratia'st,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36: cenabis apud me. Ep. Locata'st opera nunc quidem:

    tam gratia'st,

    id. Stich. 3, 2, 18: quin tu, quidquid opus'st, audacter imperas? Ps. Tam gratia'st. Bene est tibi;

    nolo tibi molestos esse nos,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 23 (in this formula, however, tam is explained by some as a shortened form for tamen; cf. Brix ad Plaut. Men. 386, and v. IV. infra).—
    B.
    With a general comp. clause understood ( = sic, ita), so ( so much) as I do, as you do, as he did, as I said before, as he is, as you are, etc.
    1.
    With adjj.: ut vos servem sedulo, quos tam grandi sim mercatus pecunia, have bought you at so high a price, i. e. as I have, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 8: qui nummi exciderunt quod terram sic obtuere? quid vos maestos tam tristisque conspicor? (sc. as I do, as you are), id. Bacch. 4, 4, 17:

    equidem miror, tam catam, tam doctam te et bene eductam, non scire stulte facere,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 29:

    ordine cum videas tam certo multa creari,

    Lucr. 5, 735:

    deus ille fuit qui ista in tam tranquillo et tam clara luce locavit,

    id. 5, 12:

    quorsum igitur tam multa de voluptate?

    Cic. Sen. 12, 44:

    ut mihi quidem, qui tam magno animo fuerit innocens damnatus esse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 42, 100:

    inter ista tam magnifica verba tamque praeclara,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 77:

    quis est qui complet aures meas tantus et tam dulcis sonus?

    as I hear, id. Rep. 6, 18, 18:

    tollite hanc: nullam tam pravae sententiae causam reperietis,

    id. Phil. 14, 1, 3: et tamen veremur ut hoc quod a tam multis perferatur natura patiatur? ( as it is, sc. suffered), id. Tusc. 2, 20, 46:

    ut tam in praecipitem locum non debeat se sapiens committere,

    id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    tam necessario tempore, tam propinquis hostibus,

    at so urgent a time as this, Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 6:

    supra triginta quinque milia hostium fuerant, ex quibus tam exigua pars pugnae superfuit,

    Liv. 39, 31, 14:

    tam constantem defensionem Scipionis universus senatus comprobavit,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 1: ceterum... ne tam praeclara lex... oblitteraretur, id. 2, 8, 1:

    qui tam crudelem tyrannum occideret,

    id. 3, 1, 2:

    ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore civitas nostra virtutis suae oblita est,

    id. 3, 2, 7:

    tam contraria est pestis,

    Plin. 8, 38, 57, § 136:

    tam parvo distat ibi tanta rerum naturae diversitas,

    id. 5, 11, 12, § 65; so, tamne (cf. sicine):

    tamne indignus videar?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 77.—And with sup.:

    nondum erat vestris tam gravissimis tamque multis judiciis concisus,

    of so great weight, Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 11.—
    2.
    With advv.:

    alienus quom ejus incommodum tam aegre feras, quid me patrem par facere est?

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 37:

    quid est negotii quod tu tam subito domo abeas?

    id. Am. 1, 3, 4:

    unde ego nunc tam subito huic argentum inveniam miser?

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 1:

    quia (anima cum corpore) tam conjuncta atque leniter apta'st,

    Lucr. 5, 559:

    jam mallem Cerberum metueres quam ista tam inconsiderata diceres,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    ista tam aperte et per versa et falsa,

    id. Ac. 2, 18, 60:

    cum ex co quaereretur cur tam diu vellet esse in vita,

    id. Sen. 5, 13:

    me pudet tam cito de sententia esse dejectum,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,

    id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    an melius fuerit rationem non dari omnino, quam tam munifice et tam largiter,

    as I have shown, id. N. D. 3, 27, 69:

    nam quod jus civile tam vehementer amplexus es,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 274:

    quid tu, inquit, tam mane?

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14: cur hunc tam temere ( as mentioned before) quisquam ab officio discessurum judicaret? Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quod sua victoria tam insolenter gloriarentur,

    id. ib. 1, 14:

    cum tam procul a finibus Macedoniae absint,

    Liv. 39, 27, 6: non digna exempla quae tam breviter ( as I am going to do) nisi majoribus urgerer, referrentur, Val. Max. 2, 7, 5:

    qualis esset quem tam diu tamque valde timuissent,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 2; and with sup.: tam maturrime comparavisse, Cato ap. Charis. p. 184 P.—With adverb. abl.: tam crepusculo fere ut amant, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 77; cf.:

    tam vesperi,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15; v. III. B. 3. infra.—
    3.
    With verbs:

    ut, ni meum gnatum tam amem, tua jam virgis latera lacerentur probe,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 5, 10:

    quid, cedo, te, obsecro, tam abhorret hilaritudo?

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 55:

    quid tam properas?

    id. Pers. 4, 6, 11:

    cum te video nostrae familiae Tam ex animo factum velle ( = te tam velle nostrae familiae ex animo factum),

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 21:

    age, quaeso, ne tam obfirma te, Chreme,

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 8:

    non pol temere'st quod tu tam times,

    id. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 9: Sy. Eamus, namque hic properat in Cyprum. Sa. Ne tam quidem, implying a corresponding gesture, id. Ad. 2, 4, 14:

    quam si explicavisset, non tam haesitaret,

    i. e. as he does, Cic. Fin. 2, 6, 18.—Sometimes with an adv. to be supplied:

    quid ergo hanc, quaeso, tractas tam ( = tam male, or implying a corresponding gesture),

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 31:

    Graecos in eo reprehendit quod mare tam secuti sunt ( = tam vulgo. or tam temere),

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 3; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9; v. I. C. 2. d, supra. — With esse and predic. noun:

    numquam ego te tam esse matulam credidi,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 72.—
    4.
    Preceded and strengthened by a demonstrative adjective (order: 1. demonstr., 2. tam, 3. adjective, 4. noun; or, 1. demonstr., 2. noun, 3. tam, 4. adjective).
    (α).
    After hic:

    etiamne haec tam parva civitas, tam procul a manibus tuis remota, praedae tibi et quaestui fuit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    hunc hominem tam crudelem, tam sceleratum, tam nefarium nolunt judicare,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 31, §

    77: hunc tamen hominem tam audacem, tam nefarium, tam nocentem,

    id. Clu. 14, 42:

    haec mea oratio tam longa aut tam alte repetita,

    id. Sest. 13, 31:

    in hoc tam exiguo vitae curriculo,

    id. Arch. 11, 28:

    hanc tam taetram, tam horribilem tamque infestam rei publicae pestem,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    in hac tam clara re publica natus,

    id. Rep. 1, 19, 31:

    hanc rem publicam tam praeclare fundatam,

    id. Par. 1, 2, 10:

    haec tam crebra Etruriae concilia,

    Liv. 5, 5, 8:

    in his tam parvis atque tam nullis,

    Plin. 11, 2, 1, § 2:

    quorsum haec tam putida tendant,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 21:

    hac tam prospera pugna nuntiata,

    Curt. 3, 11, 16.—
    (β).
    After ille:

    ille homo tam locuples, tam honestus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11: illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile, id. ib. 2, 4, 20, §

    44: illud tam grave bellum,

    Val. Max. 5, 6, ext. 1:

    ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore,

    id. 3, 2, 7.—
    (γ).
    After iste:

    tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 29, 81:

    ista admonitio tua tam accurata,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 20:

    quae est ista tam infesta ira?

    Liv. 7, 30, 15:

    iste tam justus hostis, tam misericors victor,

    Curt. 4, 10, 34.—
    (δ).
    After id ipsum:

    id ipsum tam mite ac tam moderatum imperium,

    Liv. 1, 48, 9.—
    (ε).
    After tot:

    jacere necesse sit tot tam nobiles disciplinas,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 48, 147:

    tot tam valida oppida,

    Liv. 5, 54, 5:

    tot tam opulenti tyranni regesque,

    id. 25, 24, 13:

    inter tot tam effrenatarum gentium arma,

    id. 21, 9, 3:

    tot tam praeclaris imperatoribus uno bello absumptis,

    id. 28, 28, 12; 25, 27, 13; 26, 13, 17; cf.:

    cum tot ac tam validae eluctandae manus essent,

    id. 24, 26, 13; 8, 12, 4.—
    (ζ).
    After hic talis:

    da operam ut hunc talem, tam jucundum, tam excellentem virum videas,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 21, 3.
    III.
    As demonstr. adv. of intensity, correlative with ut, that, and its equivalents (qui, quin); so only with adjj. and advv. (not with verbs).
    A.
    Without a negation ( = ita, adeo;

    rare before the Aug. period): ni erit tam sincerum (tergum), ut quivis dicat ampullarius Optumum esse operi faciundo corium et sincerissimum,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 51:

    quae (maturitas) mihi tam jucunda est ut, quo propius ad mortem accedam, quasi terram videre videar,

    Cic. Sen. 19, 71. de qua tam variae sunt doctissimorum hominum sententiae, ut magno argumento esse debeat, etc., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1:

    ad eum pervenit tam opportuno tempore, ut simul Domitiani exercitus pulvis cerneretur, et primi antecursores Scipionis viderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 36:

    tam parandus ad dimicandum animus, ut, etc.,

    id. B. G. 2, 21:

    tamen tam evidens numen rebus adfuit Romanis, ut putem, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 51, 4: infimam plebem natura ipsa tam abjecto tamque imo loco collocavit ut nulla ratione erigi aut sublevari possit, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 6, 22:

    tam multa sunt, tamque misera quae perferunt ut nemo sit quin mori saepissime cupiat,

    id. ib. 16, 59:

    quem constat tam certa acie luminum usum esse ut a Lilybaeo portu Carthaginienses egredientes classes intueretur,

    Val. Max. 1, 8, ext. 14:

    tam alacri animo suos ad id proelium cohortatus est ut diceret: Sic prandete, etc.,

    id. 3, 2, ext. 3:

    in Theophrasto tam est loquendi nitor ille divinus ( = tam divinus est) ut ex eo nomen quoque traxisse videatur,

    Quint. 10, 1, 83:

    (Scipio) bellum in Africam transtulit, tam lentus ut opinionem luxuriae segnitiaeque malignis daret,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 11, 6; id. Q. N. 1, 15, 5:

    3, 21, 1: tam parvulis in faucibus... ut non sit dubium, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 82:

    ipsum Macedonem tam graviter palma percussit ut paene concideret,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14, 7.—
    B.
    With a negation, or in a question implying a negation.
    1.
    Before ut (very freq. in the class. period; cf. adeo, poet., e.g. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39):

    numquam tam dices commode ut tergum meum Tuam in fidem committam,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 33:

    non tam viva tamen, calidus queat ut fieri fons,

    Lucr. 6, 887:

    quis umquam praedo fuit tam nefarius, quis pirata tam barbarus ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    non sum tam stultus, ut te usura falsi gaudii frui velim,

    id. Fam. 6, 12, 1:

    nec, cum id faciebamus tam eramus amentes ut explorata nobis esset victoria,

    id. ib. 6, 1, 3:

    non essem tam inurbanus ac paene inhumanus uti in eo gravarer quod vos cupere sentirem,

    id. Or. 2, 90, 365:

    non puto tam expeditum negotium futurum ut non habeat aliquid morae,

    id. Att. 13, 31, 1:

    nec vero eram tam indoctus ignarusque rerum ut frangerer animo propter, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    quis tam demens ut sua voluntate maereat?

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 71; so id. Off. 3, 20, 82; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; id. Phil. 3, 4, 10:

    non enim proferremus vino oppressos... tam absurde, ut tum diceremus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 17, 53:

    non se tam barbarum ut non sciret, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 17:

    nulli sunt tam feri et sui juris affectus ut non disciplina perdomentur,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 12, 3:

    nemo tam divos habuit faventes, crastinum ut posset sibi polliceri,

    id. Thyest. 619.—
    2.
    With a negation (esp. nemo), followed by qui ( = ut is; class. and freq.); nec quisquam sit tam opulentus qui mihi obsistat in via, [p. 1838] Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 5:

    generi lenonio Numquam deus ullus tam benignus fuit, qui fuerit propitius,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 34:

    an ille tam esset stultus qui mihi mille nummum crederet?

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 42:

    nemo inventus est tam amens, qui illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile eriperet, nemo tam audax qui posceret, nemo tam impudens qui postularet ut venderet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 44:

    nemo Agrigenti neque aetate tam affecta neque viribus tam infirmis fuit, qui non illa nocte surrexerit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §

    95: nemo est tam senex qui se annum non putet posse vivere,

    id. Sen. 7, 24:

    nihil tam absurde dici potest, quod non dicatur ab aliquo philosophorum,

    id. Div. 2, 58, 119:

    nulla gens tam immanis umquam fuit in qua tam crudelis hostis patriae sit inventus,

    id. Sull. 27, 76:

    quae est anus tam delira quae timeat ista?

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48:

    ecquem tam amentem esse putas qui illud quo vescatur deum esse credat?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    sed neque tam docti tum erant, ad quorum judicium elaboraret, et sunt, etc.,

    id. Fin. 1, 3, 7; so id. Sen. 19, 67; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Tusc. 1, 6, 11; 1, 15, 33; 2, 17, 41; id. Sest. 14, 32; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Fam. 9, 2, 2; id. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    neque tam remisso animo quisquam fuit qui ea nocte conquierit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 21:

    in bello nihil tam leve est quod non magnae interdum rei momentum faciat,

    Liv. 25, 18, 3:

    ut nemo tam humilis esset cui non aditus ad eum pateret,

    Nep. Milt. 8, 4:

    ecquid esse tam saevum potest quod superet illum?

    Sen. Thyest. 196. —
    3.
    With a negation, followed by quin ( = ut is non;

    class. and freq.): nec sacrum nec tam profanum quidquam est quin ibi ilico adsit,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 27:

    nihil mihi tam parvi est quin me id pigeat perdere,

    id. Pers. 4, 6, 8:

    nec quisquam est tam ingenio duro, neque tam firmo pectore quin sibi faciat bene,

    id. As. 5, 2, 94:

    numquam tam mane egredior, neque tam vesperi Domum revortor, quin te... conspicer Fodere,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15:

    nil tam difficile'st quin quaerendo investigari possiet,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 8:

    ut nullus umquam dies tam magna tempestate fuerit, quin... solem homines viderint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 26:

    numquam tam male est Siculis quin aliquid facete et commode dicant,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §

    95: nemo est tam afflictus quin possit navare aliquid et efficere,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 7:

    ut nemo tam ferus fuerit, quin ejus causam lacrimarit,

    Nep. Alcib. 6, 4.
    IV.
    Tam, ante-class., sometimes = tamen:

    antiqui tam etiam pro tamen usi sunt,

    Fest. p. 360: bene cum facimus, tam male cupimus...; quamquam estis nihili, tam ecastor simul vobis consului, Titin. ap. Fest. l. l.; so,

    etsi illi aliter nos faciant quam aequom sit, tam pol noxiae nequid magis sit... nostrum officium meminisse decet,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 44 Fleck., Ritschl:

    tam si nihil usus esset, jam non dicerem,

    id. Merc. 4, 3, 32 Ritschl; v. Prol. Trin. p. 14 ib.; Brix ad Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36; Curt. in Rhein. Mus. 6, 84; 6, 93; but cf. contra, Corss. Beitr. p. 272 sqq.
    V.
    In the dialect of Praeneste: tam modo, just now ( = modo): ilico hic ante ostium;

    Tam modo, inquit Praenestinus,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 8 Brix ad loc.; cf. Fest. s. v. tammodo, p. 359; Ritschl, opusc. 2, 372.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tam

  • 4 μή

    μή (Hom.+) negative particle, ‘not’: ‘μή is the negative of will, wish, doubt. If οὐ denies the fact, μή denies the idea’ (Rob. 1167). For the Koine of the NT the usage is simplified to such a degree that οὐ is generally the neg. used w. the indicative, and μή is used w. the other moods (B-D-F §426; Rob. 1167).
    ① marker of negation, not
    ⓐ in negative clauses
    α. in conditional clauses after ἐάν Mt 5:20; 6:15; 10:13; 12:29; 18:3, 16, 35; 26:42; Mk 3:27; 7:3f; 10:30; 12:19; Lk 13:3, 5; J 3:2f, 5, 27 al. After ὸ̔ς ἄν (=ἐάν) Mt 10:14; 11:6; 19:9; Mk 6:11; 10:15; 11:23; Lk 8:18; 18:17. After ὅσοι ἄν Lk 9:5; Rv 13:15. After ὅστις ἄν Ac 3:23. After εἰ in a simple condition (B-D-F §428, 1) Lk 6:4; 1 Ti 6:3. After εἰ in a contrary to fact condition (B-D-F §428, 2; Rob. 1169) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 9:33; 15:22, 24; 18:30; 19:11; Ac 26:32; Ro 7:7. εἰ μή if not, except (that), εἰ δὲ μήγε otherwise with verb and elliptically (B-D-F §428, 3; 439, 1; Rob. 1024f; cp. POxy 1185, 30) Mt 5:13; 6:1; 9:17; 11:27; 12:4, 24 and very oft. (GHarder, 1 Cor 7:17: TLZ 79, ’54, 367–72).
    β. in purpose clauses ἵνα μή in order that…not Mt 5:29f; 7:1; 17:27; Mk 3:9; 4:12; Lk 8:10, 12; 16:28; J 3:20; 7:23; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 4:17; 24:4; Ro 11:25; 15:20 al. ὅπως μή in order that…not Mt 6:18; Lk 16:26; Ac 20:16; 1 Cor 1:29. μὴ ἵνα IRo 3:2. On the inf. w. neg. as periphrasis for purpose clauses s. below.
    γ. in result clauses ὥστε μή w. inf. foll. (cp. PHib 66, 5) so that not Mt 8:28; Mk 3:20; 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Cor 3:7; 1 Th 1:8; w. impv. foll. 1 Cor 4:5.
    δ. in interrog. clauses w. an element of doubt: δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν; should we pay (them) or should we not? Mk 12:14.
    ε. in a few relative clauses (B-D-F §428, 4; Mlt. 171; 239f) διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ Tit 1:11 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 13, 1; PGM 4, 2653 ὸ̔ μὴ θέμις γενέσθαι; CPR I, 19, 17; 2 Macc 12:14; Sir 13:24). The literary language is the source of ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα τυφλός ἐστιν 2 Pt 1:9, where the relat. clause has a hypothetical sense. ὅσα μὴ θέλετε Ac 15:29 D. Cp. Col 2:18 v.l. On ὸ̔ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ (v.l. ὸ̔ λύει) 1J 4:3 s. ARahlfs, TLZ 40, 1915, 525.
    ζ. in a causal clause contrary to the rule, which calls for οὐ: ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα J 3:18 (cp. Epict. 4, 4, 8; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217 διήμαρτον, ὅτι μὴ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἡμῶν βίβλοις ἐνέτυχον; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4; 11, 8; 32; Ath. 14, 2 ὅτι μὴ κοινῶς ἐκείνοις θεοσεβοῦμεν; Dio Chrys. 31, 94; 110.—B-D-F §428, 5; Mlt. 171; 239; Mlt-Turner 284; Rahlfs, loc. cit.).
    ⓑ w. various moods
    α. w. inf. (B-D-F §399, 3; 400, 4; 5; Mlt-Turner 285f)
    א. after verbs expressing a negative concept, usu. omitted in translation ἀντιλέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι Lk 20:27 (v.l. λέγοντες). ἀπαρνεῖσθαι 22:34. παραιτεῖσθαι Hb 12:19. ἐγκόπτειν τινά Gal 5:7. προσέχειν Mt 6:1. οὐ δύναμαι μὴ I can do nothing else than Ac 4:20.
    ב. gener., after verbs of saying, reporting, ordering, judging, etc.—in declarative clauses: after ἀποκρίνεσθαι Lk 20:7. λέγειν Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:27 v.l.; Ac 23:8; AcPlCor 2:19. ὀμνύναι Hb 3:18. θέλειν Ro 13:3. χρηματίζεσθαι Lk 2:26.—In clauses denoting a summons or challenge: after λέγειν Mt 5:34, 39; Ac 21:4; Ro 2:22; 12:3. γράφειν 1 Cor 5:9, 11. κηρύσσειν Ro 2:21. παραγγέλλειν Ac 1:4; 4:18; 5:28, 40; 1 Cor 7:10f (w. acc.); 1 Ti 1:3; 6:17. αἰτεῖσθαι Eph 3:13. εὔχεσθαι 2 Cor 13:7 (w. acc.). χρηματίζεσθαι Mt 2:12. ἀξιοῦν Ac 15:38. βοᾶν 25:24.
    ג. after predicates that contain a judgment upon the thing expressed by the inf. (with or without the art.; cp. Just., D. 68, 8 ταῦτα τολμῶσι λέγειν μὴ οὕτως γεγράφθαι): καλόν (sc. ἐστιν) 1 Cor 7:1 (ApcEsdr 1, 6, 21); Gal 4:18; cp. Ro 14:21. ἄλογον Ac 25:27 (w. acc.). κρεῖττον ἦν 2 Pt 2:21. αἱρετώτερον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ μὴ γεννηθῆναι Hv 4, 2, 6. Cp. δεῖ Ac 27:21 (cp. use w. ἐχρῆν TestJob 37:6).
    ד. w. gen. of the subst. inf.: τοῦ μή that not (Lat. ne): after verbs of hindering κατέχειν Lk 4:42. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κωλύειν 10:47. κρατεῖσθαι Lk 24:16; cp. ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ…μὴ ἐλθεῖν 17:1.—Also after other expressions: ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν eyes that should not see, ears that should not hear Ro 11:8, 10 (Ps 68:24). In place of a result clause: τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα so that she commits no adultery, if... 7:3.
    ה. w. subst. inf. after prepositions: εἰς τὸ μή so that…not; to the end that…not Ac 7:19; 1 Cor 10:6; 2 Cor 4:4. W. acc. and inf. foll. 2 Th 2:2; 1 Pt 3:7.—διὰ τὸ μή because…not (PPetr II, 11, 1, 7 [III B.C.] τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀθροῦν ἡμᾶς; 2 Macc 2:11; ApcMos 42 διὰ τὸ μὴ γινώσκειν; Just., D. 95, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντα φυλάξαι; Tat. 2, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι) Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f; Lk 8:6; Js 4:2 (w. acc.).—πρὸς τὸ μὴ in order that…not (Ptolem. Pap. aus Alexandria 4, 3 in Witkowski p. 51 πρὸς τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ χρήσιμον; Esth 3:13d, e; Bar 1:19; 2:5) 2 Cor 3:13; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8.
    ו. w. dat. of the subst. inf. τῷ μή because…not 2 Cor 2:13.
    ז. w. nom. or acc. of the subst. inf. (2 Esdr 6:8; s. B-D-F §399, 3; s. Rob. 1038) Ro 14:13; 2 Cor 2:1; 10:2; 1 Th 4:6.
    β. very oft. w. the ptc., in keeping w. the tendency of later Gk. to prefer μή to οὐ; exceptions in B-D-F §430; s. Rob. 1172.
    א. μή is regularly used to negative the ptc. used w. the article, when the ptc. has a hypothet. sense or refers to no particular person, and has a general mng. (Artem. 4, 22 p. 215, 14 οἱ μὴ νοσοῦντες; ParJer 6:24 ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀκούων; Just., A I, 4, 2 τοὺς μὴ ἐλεγχομένους): ὁ μὴ ὢν μετʼ ἐμοῦ every one who is not with me Mt 12:30ab; Lk 11:23ab; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων J 3:18. πᾶς ὁ μή... Mt 7:26; 1J 3:10ab; 2J 9. πάντες οἱ μή 2 Th 2:12. μακάριοι οἱ μή J 20:29; cp. Ro 14:22. τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι Mt 10:28b and oft.
    ב. w. the ptc. when it has conditional, causal, or concessive sense: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν Mt 3:10; 7:19. Cp. 9:36; 13:19; Lk 11:24. θερίσομεν μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι we will reap, if we do not become weary (before the harvest) Gal 6:9. μὴ ὄντος νόμου when there is no law Ro 5:13. νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες although they have no law 2:14. μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον though I am not under the law 1 Cor 9:20 (cp. TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 22 [Stone p. 78] μὴ ἰδὼν θάνατον). μὴ μεμαθηκώς without having learned (them) J 7:15 (cp. TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] μὴ εἰδὼς τίς ἐστιν; TestJob 11:7 μὴ λαμβάνων…ἐνέχυρα; Just., A I, 5, 1 μὴ φροντίζοντες, D. 110, 2 μὴ συνιέντες). μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι but since he could not pay it back Mt 18:25. μὴ βουλόμενος since (God) did not wish to AcPlCor 2:12 (cp. TestAbrB 5 p. 109, 24f [Stone p. 66] μὴ θέλων…παρακοῦσαι).
    ג. when it is to be indicated that the statement has subjective validity (Just., D. 115, 3 ὡς μὴ γεγενημένου ἱερέως): ὡς μὴ λαβών as though you had not received 1 Cor 4:7. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου vs. 18.
    ד. but also very freq. where earlier Gk. would require οὐ (on developments s. Schwyzer II 595f; B-D-F §430, 3; Burton §485 [464 Z.]; cp. οὐ 2b; for μή here, cp. Just., A I, 3, 9, 3 ἄνδρες δεκαδύο…λαλεῖν μὴ δυνάμενοι; D. 85, 4 διὰ τοὺς μὴ…συνόντας ἡμῖν; Mel., P. 71, 518f): τὰ μὴ ὄντα what does not exist (in reality, not only in Paul’s opinion) Ro 4:17; 1 Cor 1:28 (Philo, Op. M. 81 τὸ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὄν); Hv 1, 1, 6. τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα what is unseen 2 Cor 4:18ab. τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 Ti 5:13. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα (3 Macc 4:16) Ro 1:28. τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα Hb 12:27. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 2 Cor 5:21. τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων Ac 13:11. S. also μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει κατενόησεν Ro 4:19 where, as oft., the main idea is expressed by the ptc.
    ⓒ in a prohibitive sense in independent clauses, to express a negative wish or a warning
    α. w. subjunctive let us not, we should not: pres. subj. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι Gal 5:26. μὴ ἐγκακῶμεν 6:9. μὴ καθεύδωμεν 1 Th 5:6; cp. 1 Cor 5:8. W. aor. subj. μὴ σχίσωμεν αὐτόν J 19:24.
    β. w. optative (B-D-F §427, 4; Rob. 1170) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 2 Ti 4:16 (cp. Job 27:5). ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι Gal 6:14 (cp. 1 Macc 9:10; 13:5). Esp. in the formula μὴ γένοιτο (s. γίνομαι 4a) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21.
    γ. w. pres. impv.
    א. to express a command that is generally valid (TestReub 2:10) μὴ γίνεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί Mt 6:16; cp. vs. 19. μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν vs. 25; Lk 12:22.—Mt 7:1; 10:31; 19:6; Lk 6:30; 10:4, 7; 1 Cor 6:9; 7:5, 12f, 18; Eph 4:26 (Ps 4:5), 29 and oft.
    ב. to bring to an end a condition now existing (Aeschyl., Sept. 1036; Chariton 2, 7, 5 μὴ ὀργίζου=‘be angry no longer’; PHib 56, 7 [249 B.C.]; PAmh 37, 7; POxy 295, 5; Wsd 1:12 and elsewh. LXX; TestAbr B 9 p. 113, 20 [Stone p. 74]; JosAs 14:11; GrBar 7:6 and ApcMos 16 μὴ φοβοῦ; Just., D. 87, 1 μὴ…λοιπὸν ὑπολάμβανε; Mlt. 122ff) μὴ φοβεῖσθε do not be afraid (any longer) Mt 14:27; 17:7; Lk 2:10; cp. 1:13, 30. μὴ κλαῖε do not weep (any more) 7:13; cp. 23:28 (GrBar16:1) μὴ σκύλλου do not trouble yourself (any further) 7:6; cp. 8:49 v.l. (TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 2 [Stone p. 62] μὴ σκύλλε τὸ παιδάριον).—9:50; Mk 9:39; J 2:16; 6:43. μὴ γράφε do not write (any longer)=it must no longer stand written 19:21. μή μου ἅπτου do not cling to me any longer = let go of me 20:17. μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος vs. 27.—Ac 10:15; 20:10; Ro 11:18, 20; 1 Th 5:19; Js 2:1 and oft.
    δ. w. aor. impv. (Od. 16, 301; Lucian, Paras. μὴ δότε; 1 Km 17:32; TestJob 45:1 μὴ ἐπιλάθεσθε τοῦ κυρίου) μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω Mt 24:18; Lk 17:31b. μὴ καταβάτω Mt 24:17; Mk 13:15; Lk 17:31a. μὴ γνώτω Mt 6:3.
    ε. w. aor. subj.
    א. almost always to prevent a forbidden action fr. beginning (Plut., Alex. 696 [54, 6] μὴ φιλήσῃς=‘don’t kiss’; PPetr II, 40a, 12 [III B.C.]; POxy 744, 11; BGU 380, 19; LXX; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 8 [Stone p. 6] μὴ ἐνέγκωσιν ἵππους; 16 p. 97, 5 [Stone p. 42] μὴ ἐκφοβήσῃς αὐτόν; TestJob 39:11 μὴ κάμητε εἰκῇ; ParJer 3:5 μὴ ἀπολέσητε τὴν πόλιν; ApcEsdr 7:11 μὴ μνησθῇς; Just., D. 137, 1 μὴ κακόν τι εἴπητε.—This is the sense of μὴ θαυμάσῃς Herm. Wr. 11, 17; s. ב below) μὴ φοβηθῇς Mt 1:20; 10:26 (JosAs 23:15; cp. TestJob 17:6 μὴ φοβηθῆτε ὅλως). μὴ δόξητε 3:9; cp. 5:17. μὴ ἅψῃ Col 2:21. μὴ ἀποστραφῇς Mt 5:42. μὴ κτήσησθε 10:9 and oft. Also w. the third pers. of the aor. subj. μή τις αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ no one is to slight him 1 Cor 16:11. μή τίς με δόξῃ εἶναι 2 Cor 11:16. μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ 2 Th 2:3. μὴ σκληρύνητε Hb 3:8, 15 (quot. fr. Ps 94:8) is hardly a pres. subj.; it is rather to be regarded as an aor.
    ב. only rarely to put an end to a condition already existing (the pres. impv. is regularly used for this; s. above 1 cγב) (TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 19 [Stone p. 70] μὴ κλαύσῃς weep no more) μὴ θαυμάσῃς you need no longer wonder J 3:7 (‘you needn’t be surprised’: s. Mlt. 124; 126; and s. א above).
    ζ. in abrupt expressions without a verb (ParJer 1:7 μὴ κύριέ μου): μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (we must) not (proceed against him) during the festival Mt 26:5; Mk 14:2. Cp. J 18:40. καὶ μὴ (ποιήσωμεν) Ro 3:8 (B-D-F §427, 4). μὴ ὀκνηροὶ (γίνεσθε) 12:11. Cp. 14:1; Gal 5:13; Eph 6:6 al. (B-D-F §481).
    ⓐ after verbs of fearing, etc. that…(not), lest B-D-F §370.
    α. w. pres. subj. (3 Macc 2:23) ἐπισκοποῦντες…μή τις ῥίζα…ἐνοχλῇ Hb 12:15
    β. w. aor. subj. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) φοβηθεὶς μὴ διασπασθῇ Ac 23:10. Also after a pres. 27:17 (cp. Tob 6:15). After βλέπειν in the mng. take care (PLond III, 964, 9 p. 212 [II/III A.D.] βλέπε μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ μηδέν) Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Lk 21:8; Ac 13:40; 1 Cor 10:12; Gal 5:15; Hb 12:25. σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν, μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς Gal 6:1. στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή τις ἡμάς μωμήσηται 2 Cor 8:20. ὁρᾶν Mt 18:10; 1 Th 5:15. Elliptically, like an aposiopesis ὅρα μή take care! you must not do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 (B-D-F §480, 5; Rob. 932; 1203).
    γ. w. fut. ind. instead of the subj. following (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 18 ὅρα μὴ πολλῶν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν χειρῶν δεήσει) βλέπετε μή τις ἔσται Col 2:8; cp. Hb 3:12
    ⓑ taking the place of a purpose clause=so that…not: w. aor. subj. Mk 13:36; Ac 27:42; 2 Cor 12:6.
    ③ marker of expectation of a negative anwer to a question (B-D-F §427, 2; 4; 440; Rob. 1168; 1175; Mlt-Turner 283).
    ⓐ in direct questions (X. Eph. 398, 26 H.; Job 1:9; 8:11; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 9f [Stone p. 6]; B 6 p. 110, 6 [Stone p. 68]; TestJob 15, 6; 27, 1; ApcSed 7:2; ApcMos 8:27) somewhat along the lines ‘it isn’t so, is it, that...?’, with expectation of a neg. answer; in tr. the negation can in fact be variously expressed in a form suggesting that an inappropriate answer would be met with complete dismay, e.g. μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; you didn’t lack anything, did you? Lk 22:35; μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; will one give the person a stone? Mt 7:9; sim. vs. 10; 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 11:11 v.l.; 17:9; J 3:4; 4:12, 33; 6:67; 7:35, 51f; 21:5 (cp. μήτι); Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14), 42 (Am 5:25); Ro 3:3, 5 (cp. Job 8:3); 9:14, 20 (Is 29:16); 1 Cor 1:13; 9:8f; 10:22 al. μὴ γάρ J 7:41; 1 Cor 11:22.—In cases like Ro 10:18f; 1 Cor 9:4f μή is an interrog. word and οὐ negatives the verb. The double negative causes one to expect an affirmative answer (B-D-F §427, 2; s. Rob. 1173f; Tetrast. Iamb. 17, 2 p. 266 μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=‘there is grass, is there not?’).
    ⓑ in indirect questions whether…not Lk 11:35 (cp. Epict. 4, 5, 18a; Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 2 μή τι βίαιον ξυνέβη=whether anything violent has happened [hopefully not]; Jos., Ant. 6, 115).
    ④ marker of reinforced negation, in combination w. οὐ, μή has the effect of strengthening the negation (Kühner-G. II 221–23; Schwyzer II 317; Mlt. 187–92 [a thorough treatment of NT usage]; B-D-F §365; RLudwig: D. prophet. Wort 31 ’37, 272–79; JLee, NovT 27, ’85, 18–23; B-D-F §365.—Pla., Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. loc. cit.]; SIG 1042, 16; POxy 119, 5, 14f; 903, 16; PGM 5, 279; 13, 321; LXX; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 46]; JosAs 20:3; GrBar 1:7; ApcEsdr 2:7; Just., D. 141, 2). οὐ μή is the most decisive way of negativing someth. in the future.
    ⓐ w. the subj.
    α. w. aor. subj. (TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 7 οὐ μὴ δυνηθῇς θεάσασθαι; JosAs 20:3; ParJer 2:5; 8:5; ApcSed 12:5; 13:6; Just., D. 141, 2; Ael. Aristid. 50, 107 K.=26 p. 533 D.: οὐ μὴ ἡμῶν καταφρονήσωσι; Diogenes, Ep. 38, 5; UPZ 62, 34; 79, 19) never, certainly not, etc. Mt 5:18, 20, 26; 24:2; Mk 13:2; Lk 1:15; 6:37ab; 10:19; J 8:52; 10:28; 11:26; 13:8; 1 Cor 8:13; Hb 8:12 (Jer 38:34); 13:5; 1 Pt 2:6 (Is 28:16); Rv 2:11; 3:12; 18:21–23 al.—Also in a rhetorical question, when an affirmative answer is expected οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν; will he not vindicate? Lk 18:7. οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink it? J 18:11. τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ; who shall not fear? Rv 15:4.—In relative clauses Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); cp. Lk 18:30.—In declarative and interrogative sentences after ὅτι Mt 24:34; Lk 22:16 (οὐκέτι οὐ μή v.l.); J 11:56; without ὅτι Mt 26:29; Lk 13:35.—Combined w. οὐδέ: οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 122, 4 [6 A.D.]) Mt 24:21 (B-D-F §431, 3).
    β. w. pres. subj. Hb 13:5 v.l. ἐγκαταλείπω (accepted by Tdf., whereas most edd. read ἐγκαταλίπω)
    ⓑ w. fut. ind. (En 98:12; 99:10; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 20] οὐ μή σοι ἀκολουθήσω; GrBar 1:7 οὐ μὴ προσθήσω; ApcEsdr 2:7 οὐ μὴ παύσομαι) οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο Mt 16:22.—Hm 9:5; Hs 1:5; 4:7. Cp. Mt 15:6; 26:35; Lk 10:19 v.l.; 21:33; J 4:14; 6:35b; 10:5 (ἀκολουθήσωσιν v.l.); Hb 10:17. οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν Rv 18:14. οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10 v.l.); but the tradition wavers mostly betw. the fut. and aor. subj. (s. Mlt. and B-D-F loc. cit.).—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μή

  • 5 plus

    c black plus [ply]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque plus fait partie d'une locution comme d'autant plus, non... plus, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ► ne... plus not any more
    • je ne reviendrai plus/plus jamais I won't/I'll never come back again
    • t'as plus de pain ? (inf) haven't you got any bread left?► plus que ( = seulement)
    2. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec la terminaison er.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son comparatif est formé avec ier.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur comparatif avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Attention aux comparatifs irréguliers.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       d. (locutions)
    ► plus de ( = davantage de) more ; ( = plus que) over
    • il roulait à plus de 100 km/h he was driving at more than or over 100km per hour
    ► à plus ! (inf) see you later!
    ► plus que + adjectif ou adverbe
    • j'en ai plus qu'assez ! I've had more than enough of this!► de plus ( = en outre) (en tête de phrase) moreover
    • c'est dangereux, de plus c'est illégal it's dangerous, and what's more, it's illegal
    • vous n'avez pas une chaise en plus ? you wouldn't have a spare chair?
    • en plus de cela on top of that► en plus + adjectif
    • il ressemble à sa mère, mais en plus blond he's like his mother only fairer
    • il est compétent, mais ni plus ni moins que sa sœur he's competent, but neither more nor less so than his sister► plus... moins the more... the less
    • plus on le connaît, moins on l'apprécie the more you get to know him, the less you like him► plus... plus the more... the more
    • plus il en a, plus il en veut the more he has, the more he wants► plus ou moins ( = à peu près, presque) more or less
    3. <
       a. ► le plus + verbe most
       b. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe court
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison est.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison iest.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur superlatif avec most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       c. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe long
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec the most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       d. ► le plus de + nom the most
       e. (locutions)
    ► le plus... possible
    • ça vaut 100 € au plus it's worth 100 euros at the most
    • il a trente ans, tout au plus he's thirty at most
    4. <
    • tous les voisins, plus leurs enfants all the neighbours, plus their children
    5. <
    c black   b. ( = avantage) plus
    • ici, parler breton est un plus indéniable being able to speak Breton is definitely a plus here
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ✦ The s of plus is never pronounced when used in negatives, eg il ne la voit plus. When used in comparatives the s is generally pronounced s, eg il devrait lire plus, although there are exceptions, notably plus preceding an adjective or adverb, eg plus grand, plus vite. Before a vowel sound, the comparative plus is pronounced z, eg plus âgé.
    * * *

    I
    1. ply, plys, plyz

    8 plus 3 égale 11 — 8 and ou plus 3 equals 11

    plus 10° — plus 10°


    2.
    adverbe de comparaison

    je ne peux pas faire plus — I can do no more, I can't do any more

    plus j'y pense, moins je comprends — the more I think about it, the less I understand

    qui plus est — furthermore, what's more

    c'est le même modèle en plus petit — it's the same model, only smaller

    trois heures plus tôt/tard — three hours earlier/later

    plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué — the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be


    3.
    adverbe de négation

    elle ne fume plus — she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes

    plus besoin de se presser — (colloq) there's no need to hurry any more

    il n'y a plus d'œufs — there are no more eggs, there aren't any eggs left

    j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture! — I went into the garage, the car was gone!


    4.
    plus de déterminant indéfini

    plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries — the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have

    il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place — quite a few people would like to be in his/her position

    je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi — I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did


    5.
    au plus locution adverbiale at the most

    6.
    de plus locution adverbiale
    1) ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more

    une fois de plus — once more, once again

    9% de plus — 9% more


    7.
    en plus locution

    le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus — the same model, only with a sunroof

    les taxes en plus — plus tax, tax not included


    II plys
    nom masculin invariable
    2) (colloq) ( avantage) plus (colloq)

    ••
    plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used
    plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi]
    1 adjectifs et adverbes courts
    En règle générale on ajoute ‘-er’ à la fin de l'adjectif/adverbe: plus grand/petit/simple = taller/smaller/simpler; plus longtemps/vite = longer/faster
    - pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big/bigger, sad/sadder, dim/dimmer, wet/wetter etc
    - attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient sunnier, pretty/prettier, happy/happier etc
    2 adjectifs et adverbes longs
    On ajoute more devant le mot: plus beau/compétent/intéressant = more beautiful/competent/interesting; plus facilement/sérieusement = more easily/seriously
    - certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple peut produire simpler ou more simple, handsome/handsomer ou more handsome etc
    - certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec more: callous/more callous, cunning/more cunning
    - les adverbes se terminant par ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec more: quickly/more quickly, slowly/more slowly etc
    1 adjectifs et adverbes courts
    En règle générale on ajoute ‘(e)st’ à la fin du mot: le plus grand/petit/simple = the tallest/smallest/simplest; le plus longtemps/vite = the longest/fastest
    - pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big- the biggest, sad- the saddest, dim- the dimmest etc
    - attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient the sunniest, pretty/the prettiest, happy/the happiest etc
    2 adjectifs et adverbes longs
    On ajoute the most devant le mot: le plus beau/compétent/intéressant = the most beautiful/competent/interesting; le plus facilement/sérieusement = the most easily/seriously
    - certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple/the simplest ou the most simple, clever/the cleverest ou the most clever etc
    - certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec the most: callous/the most callous, cunning/the most cunning etc
    - les adverbes en ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec the most: quickly/the most quickly, slowly/the most slowly etc
    Attention: lorsque la comparaison ne porte que sur deux éléments on utilise la forme du comparatif: le plus doué des deux = the more gifted of the two; la voiture la plus rapide des deux = the faster car
    On trouvera ci-contre exemples et exceptions illustrant les différentes fonctions de plus. On trouvera également des exemples de plus dans les notes d'usage. Voir l'index
    * * *
    ply, plys
    1. adv

    ne... plus — no longer, not... any more

    Il ne travaille plus ici. — He's no longer working here., He doesn't work here any more.

    Je ne veux plus le voir. — I don't want to see him any more., I no longer want to see him.

    ne plus avoir de qch; Je n'ai plus d'argent. — I've got no more money., I've got no money left

    Je n'ai plus de pain. — I've got no bread left., I've got no more bread.

    2) (comparatif: devant un adjectif) more

    Il fait un peu plus froid qu'hier. — It's a bit colder than yesterday.

    Elle est plus grande que moi. — She's bigger than me.

    Il est plus intelligent que son frère. — He's more intelligent than his brother.

    3) (comparaison: non suivi d'un adjectif)

    Il travaille plus. — He works more.

    Il travaille plus que moi. — He works more than me.

    4)

    plus de; Il nous faut plus de pain. — We need more bread.

    plus de 3 heures — more than 3 hours, over 3 hours

    Il y avait plus de dix personnes. — There were more than 10 people.

    plus de minuit — after midnight, past midnight

    5)

    de plus; Il a 3 ans de plus que moi. — He's 3 years older than me.

    Le voyage a pris trois heures de plus que prévu. — The journey took 3 hours longer than planned.

    Il nous faut un joueur de plus. — We need one more player.

    6)

    en plus; 3 kilos en plus — 3 kilos more

    J'ai apporté quelques gâteaux en plus. — I brought a few more cakes.

    en plus de; Deux personnes sont arrivées en plus de celles qui étaient déjà là. — Two more people came, in addition to those already there.

    7)

    plus... plus... — the more... the more...

    Plus il gagne d'argent, plus il en veut. — The more money he earns, the more he wants.

    8)

    Il y a de plus en plus de touristes par ici. — There are more and more tourists round here.

    de plus en plus (suivi d'un adjectif) Il fait de plus en plus chaud. — It's getting hotter and hotter.

    9)

    ni plus ni moins — no more, no less

    le plus; la plus; les plus — the most

    C'est le plus grand de la famille. — He's the tallest in his family., (sans adjectif, modifiant un verbe)

    C'est ce qu'elle aime le plus. — That's what she likes most.

    de plus — what's more, moreover

    en plus de cela... — what is more...

    2. conj

    Quatre plus deux égalent six. — 4 plus 2 is 6.

    3. nm
    (= avantage) plus
    * * *
    I.
    plus ⇒ Note d'usage
    A prép
    1 ( dans une addition) 8 plus 3 égale 11 8 and 3 equals 11, 8 plus 3 equals 11; on nous a servi du fromage, un dessert plus du café we were served cheese, a dessert and coffee (as well);
    2 ( pour exprimer une valeur) un jour il faisait moins 5°, le lendemain plus 10° one day it was minus 5°, the next plus 10°.
    B adv de comparaison
    1 ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) le plus the most; il mange/travaille plus (que moi) he eats/works more (than I do ou than me); tu devrais demander plus you should ask for more; je ne peux pas faire plus I can do no more, I can't do any more, I can't do more than that; elle en sait plus que lui sur le sujet she knows more about the subject than he does; c'est plus que je ne peux supporter it's more than I can bear; elle l'aime plus que tout she loves him/her more than anything; il est plus à plaindre qu'autre chose he's more to be pitied than anything else; c'est plus que bien it's more than just good; elle est plus que jolie she's more than just pretty; il a fait plus que l'embaucher, il l'a aussi formé he did more than just hire him, he also trained him; j'en ai plus qu'assez I've had more than enough; elle mange deux fois/trois fois plus que lui she eats twice/three times as much as he does; plus je gagne, plus je dépense the more I earn, the more I spend; plus j'y pense, moins je comprends the more I think about it, the less I understand; plus ça va as time goes on; qui plus est furthermore, what's more; c'est lui qui m'a le plus appris he's the one who taught me the most; quel pays aimes-tu le plus? which country do you like best?; de plus en plus more and more; il fume de plus en plus he smokes more and more;
    2 ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; deux fois plus vieux/cher twice as old/expensive (que as); trois/quatre fois plus cher three/four times as expensive (que as); il n'est pas plus riche que moi he's no richer than I am ou than me, he isn't any richer than I am ou than me; c'est le même modèle en plus petit it's the same model, only smaller; il est on ne peut plus gentil/désagréable he's as nice/unpleasant as can be; il est plus ou moins fou he's more or less insane; il est plus ou moins artiste he's an artist of sorts; la cuisine était plus ou moins propre the kitchen wasn't particularly clean, the kitchen was clean after a fashion; il a été plus ou moins poli he wasn't particularly polite; ils étaient plus ou moins ivres they were a bit drunk; le plus heureux des hommes the happiest of men; la plus belle de toutes the most beautiful of all; mon vœu le plus cher my dearest wish; l'arbre le plus gros que j'aie jamais vu the biggest tree I've ever seen; son livre le plus court his shortest book; c'est ce qu'il y a de plus beau/important au monde it's the most beautiful/important thing in the world; un livre des plus intéressants a most interesting book; un individu des plus méprisables a most despicable individual; de plus en plus difficile more and more difficult; de plus en plus chaud hotter and hotter;
    3 ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; trois heures plus tôt/tard three hours earlier/later; deux fois plus longtemps twice as long (que as); trois/quatre fois plus longtemps three/four times as long (que as); ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us; il l'a fait plus ou moins bien he didn't do it very well; de plus en plus loin further and further; plus tu te coucheras tard, plus tu auras de mal à te lever the later you go to bed, the harder it'll be for you to get up; plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be; c'est moi qui y vais le plus souvent I go there the most often; ça s'est passé le plus simplement/naturellement du monde it happened quite simply/naturally.
    C adv de négation elle ne fume plus she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes, she's given up smoking; il n'habite plus ici he no longer lives here, he doesn't live here any more ou any longer; le grand homme n'est plus the great man is no more; elle ne veut plus le voir she doesn't want to see him any more ou any longer, she no longer wants to see him; il a décidé de ne plus y aller he decided to stop going there; je ne veux plus en entendre parler I don't want to hear any more about it; il n'y est plus (jamais) retourné he never went back there (again); plus jamais ça! never again!; nous ne faisons plus ce modèle we no longer do this model, we don't do this model any more ou any longer; il n'a plus vingt ans ( il n'est plus très jeune) he's not twenty any more, he's no longer twenty; nous n'avons plus d'espoir we've no more hope, we no longer have any hope, we've given up hoping; plus besoin de se presser○ there's no longer any need to hurry, there's no more need to hurry, there's no need to hurry any more; il n'y a plus de pain/d'œufs there is no more bread/there are no more eggs, there isn't any bread left/there aren't any eggs left; je ne veux plus de vin I don't want any more wine; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; plus rien ne m'intéresse nothing interests me any more; je ne voyais plus rien I could no longer see anything, I couldn't see a thing any more; il n'y a plus personne dans la pièce there's nobody left in the room, there's no longer anybody in the room; il n'y a plus aucun crayon there aren't any pencils left, there are no more pencils; il n'y a plus aucun problème there's no longer any problem; ce n'est plus du courage, c'est de la folie it's no longer bravery, it's foolhardiness; j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture○! I went into the garage, the car was gone○!; ce n'est plus qu'une question de jours it's only a matter of days now; il n'y a plus qu'une solution there's only one solution left; il ne restait plus que quelques bouteilles there were only a few bottles left, there was nothing left but a few bottles; il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider only he can help us now; plus que trois jours avant les vacances! only three days left ou to go until the vacation!; nous n'avons plus qu'à rentrer à la maison all we can do now is go home; il ne me reste plus qu'à vous remercier it only remains for me to thank you.
    D plus de dét indéf
    1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) trois/deux fois plus de livres/verres que three times/twice as many books/glasses as; c'est là que j'ai vu le plus de serpents that's where I saw the most snakes; c'est lui qui a le plus de livres he's got the most books; le joueur qui a le plus de chances de gagner the player who is most likely to win; les jeunes qui posent le plus de problèmes the young people who pose the most problems; c'est le candidat qui a remporté le plus de voix he's the candidate who won the most votes; plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have; il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place quite a few people would like to be in his/her position;
    2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did; il n'a pas plus d'imagination que sa sœur he has no more imagination than his sister, he hasn't got any more imagination than his sister; trois/deux fois plus de vin/talent three times/twice as much wine/talent (que as); le joueur qui a gagné le plus d'argent the player who won the most money;
    3 ( avec un numéral) elle ne possède pas plus de 50 disques she has no more than 50 records; une foule de plus de 10 000 personnes a crowd of more than ou over 10,000 people; il a plus de 40 ans he's over 40, he's more than 40 years old; les gens de plus de 60 ans people over 60; les plus de 60 ans the over-sixties; il était déjà bien plus de onze heures/midi it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock/midday.
    E au plus loc adv at the most; tout au plus at the very most, at the outside.
    F de plus loc adv
    1 ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more;
    2 ( en supplément) j'ai mangé deux pommes de plus qu'elle I ate two apples more than she did; donnez-moi deux pommes de plus give me two more apples; ça nous a pris deux heures de plus que la dernière fois it took us two hours longer than last time; j'ai besoin de deux heures de plus I need two more hours; il a trois ans de plus que sa sœur he's three years older than his sister; une fois de plus once more, once again; l'augmentation représente 9% de plus que l'année précédente the rise is 9% more than last year.
    G en plus loc en plus (de cela) on top of that; il est arrivé en retard et en plus (de cela) il a commencé à se plaindre he arrived late and what' s more ou on top of that he started complaining; c 'est le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus it's the same model, only with a sunroof; c'est tout le portrait de son père, la moustache en plus he's the image of his father, only with a moustache GB ou mustache US; il a reçu 100 euros en plus de son salaire habituel he got 100 euros on top of his usual salary; en plus de son métier d'ingénieur il élève des tatous besides his job as an engineer, he breeds armadillos; les taxes en plus plus tax, tax not included; il s'est passé quelque chose en plus something else happened as well. A note on pronunciation: plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used. plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi].
    II.
    plus nm
    1 Math plus; le signe plus the plus sign;
    2 ○( avantage) plus○; son expérience d'enseignant constitue un plus pour lui his teaching experience is a point in his favourGB ou is a plus○.
    [ply(s)] adverbe
    A.[COMPARATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]
    1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]
    c'est plus rouge qu'orange it's red rather than ou it's more red than orange
    c'est plus que gênant it's embarrassing, to say the least
    elle a eu le prix mais elle n'en est pas plus fière pour ça she got the award, but it didn't make her any prouder for all that
    je veux la même, en plus large I want the same, only bigger
    encore plus beau more handsome still, even more handsome
    cinq fois plus cher five times dearer ou as dear ou more expensive
    2. [avec un verbe] more
    B.[SUPERLATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]
    1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]
    2. [précédé d'un verbe] most
    C.[ADVERBE DE NÉGATION]
    1. [avec 'ne']
    2. [tour elliptique]
    plus de glace pour moi, merci no more ice cream for me, thanks
    ————————
    [ply(s)] adjectif
    ————————
    [ply(s)] conjonction
    il fait plus 5º it's 5º above freezing, it's plus 5º
    2. [en sus de] plus
    le transport, plus le logement, plus la nourriture, ça revient cher travel, plus ou and accommodation, plus ou then food, (all) work out quite expensive
    plus le fait que... plus ou together with the fact that...
    ————————
    [ply(s)] nom masculin
    2. [avantage, atout] plus, bonus, asset
    au plus locution adverbiale
    [au maximum] at the most ou outside
    de plus locution adverbiale
    1. [en supplément] extra, another, more
    il est content, que te faut-il de plus? he's happy, what more do you want?
    un mot/une minute de plus et je m'en allais another word/minute and I would have left
    10 euros de plus ou de moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?
    2. [en trop] too many
    en recomptant, je trouve trente points de plus on adding it up again, I get thirty points too many
    de plus, il m'a menti what's more, he lied to me
    de plus en plus locution adverbiale
    1. [suivi d'un adjectif] more and more, increasingly
    [suivi d'un adverbe] more and more
    de plus en plus dangereux more and more ou increasingly dangerous
    ça devient de plus en plus facile/compliqué it's getting easier and easier/more and more complicated
    2. [précédé d'un verbe]
    de plus en plus de locution déterminante
    [suivi d'un nom comptable] more and more, a growing number of
    [suivi d'un nom non comptable] more and more
    de plus en plus de gens more and more people, an increasing number of people
    il y a de plus en plus de demande pour ce produit demand for this product is increasing, there is more and more demand for this product
    des plus locution adverbiale
    en plus locution adverbiale
    1. [en supplément] extra (avant nom)
    les boissons sont en plus drinks are extra, you pay extra for the drinks
    10 euros en plus ou en moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?
    [en trop] spare
    a. [à la fin du jeu] I've got one card left over
    b. [en distribuant] I've got one card too many
    [en cadeau] as well, on top of that
    elle a une excellente technique et en plus, elle a de la force her technique's first-class and she's got strength too
    et elle m'avait menti, en plus! not only that but she'd lied to me (as well)!
    3. [d'ailleurs] besides, what's more, moreover
    je ne tiens pas à le faire et, en plus, je n'ai pas le temps I'm not too keen on doing it, and besides ou what's more, I've no time
    en plus de locution prépositionnelle
    [en supplément de] besides, on top of, in addition to
    en plus du squash, elle fait du tennis besides (playing) squash, she plays tennis
    et plus locution adverbiale
    45 kilos et plus over 45 kilos, 45 odd kilos
    ni plus ni moins locution adverbiale
    je te donne une livre, ni plus ni moins I'll give you one pound, no more no less
    tu t'es trompé, ni plus ni moins you were mistaken, that's all
    non plus locution adverbiale
    je ne sais pas — moi non plus! I don't know — neither do I ou nor do I ou me neither!
    on ne peut plus locution adverbiale
    plus de locution déterminante
    1. [comparatif, suivi d'un nom] more
    [suivi d'un nombre] more than, over
    elle roulait à plus de 150 km/h she was driving at more than 150 km/h ou doing over 150 km/h
    2. [superlatif, suivi d'un nom]
    les plus de 20 ans people over 20, the over-20s
    plus... moins locution correlative
    the more... the less
    plus il vieillit, moins il a envie de sortir the older he gets, the less he feels like going out
    plus ça va, moins je la comprends I understand her less and less (as time goes on)
    plus... plus locution correlative
    the more... the more
    plus je réfléchis, plus je me dis que... the more I think (about it), the more I'm convinced that...
    plus ça va, plus je me demande si... the longer it goes on, the more I wonder if...
    plus ou moins locution adverbiale
    c'est plus ou moins cher, selon les endroits prices vary according to where you are
    qui plus est locution adverbiale
    what's ou what is more
    sans plus locution adverbiale
    c'était bien, sans plus it was nice, but nothing more
    tout au plus locution adverbiale
    c'est une mauvaise grippe, tout au plus it's a bad case of flu, at the most

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > plus

  • 6 -ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 7 n'

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'

  • 8 ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne

  • 9 μά

    μά (A) [pron. full] [ᾰ], Particle used in asseverations and oaths, c. acc. of the deity or thing appealed to; in itself neither affirmative nor negative, but made so by prefixing ναί or οὐ, or, in [dialect] Att., by the context: thus,
    I ναὶ μὰ .., in affirmation, ναὶ μὰ τόδε σκῆπτρον yea by this staff, Il.1.234, cf. h.Merc. 460;

    ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον Pi.N.11.24

    ; ναὶ μὰ Δία, ναὶ μὰ τὸν Δία, etc., Ar.Ach.88, Pl.R. 407b, etc.; also

    μὰ ναί Inscr.Cypr.109

     H.
    II οὐ μὰ .., in negation, οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα, οὐ μἀ Ζῆνα, nay, by.., Il.1.86, 23.43;

    οὐ μὰ τὴν δέσποιναν Ἄρτεμιν S. El. 626

    ;

    οὔ τοι μὰ τοὺς δώδεκα θεούς Ar.Eq. 235

    ; οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, οὔκουν οὕτω γε .. Pl.Tht. 142e.
    III after Hom. μά is freq. used alone,
    1 chiefly in negation when the negative follows,

    μὰ Δί' οὐκ εἶδον ἐμαυτοῦ ἀμείνω ὑλοτόμον IG12.1084

    ; μὰ τὴν πατρῴαν ἑστίαν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὕβρει λέγω τάδ' S.El. 881;

    μὰ τοὺς παρ' Ἅιδῃ νερτέρους ἀλάστορας, οὔτοι ποτ' ἔσται τοῦτο E.Med. 1059

    ;

    μὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλω, οὔκ Ar.Th. 269

    , cf. A.Ag. 1432, E.Cyc. 262, Pl.Prt. 312e;

    μὰ τὴν γῆν, μὴ σύγε δῷς Anaxil.9

    ;

    μὰ δαίμονας, οὐκ ἀπὸ ῥυσμοῦ εἰκάζω Call.Epigr.44

    ; μὰ τὸν Δία δὲ οὐδὲ νομίζω .. IG22.1099.30 (ii A.D.);

    μὰ σέ, Καῖσαρ, οὐδείς σε νικᾷ D.C.61.20

    : with preceding neg.,

    οὐδ' ὄναρ, μὰ τὰς Μοίρας Herod. 1

    . II: in answers, when the negation is expressed in the question, οὐκ αὖ μ' ἐάσεις; Answ.

    μὰ Δί', ἐπεὶ κἀγὼ πόνηρός εἰμι Ar.Eq. 336

    , cf. 338 (where οὐκ ἐάσω is to be supplied after μὰ Δία from the question, cf. Ra. 951, Pl. 400): when ἀλλά follows, δύο δραχμὰς μισθὸν τελεῖς; Answ.

    μὰ Δί', ἀλλ' ἔλαττον Id.Ra. 174

     (where οὐ τελῶ is understood, cf. ib. 753, 779, 1053, X.Mem.3.13.3): in

    μὰ γῆν, μὰ κρήνας, μὰ ποταμούς, μὰ νάματα Antiph.296

     = Timocl.38, the context is missing.
    b in reply to an imper., ἀπόδος αὐτό; Answ.

    μὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλω Ar.Th. 748

    .
    2 in later Gr. in affirmation,

    δακρύω μὰ σέ, δαῖμον Annales du Service 27.32

     ([place name] Egypt);

    μὰ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν Ἀκοντίῳ γαμοῦμαι Aristaenet. 1.10

    , cf. Ach.Tat.8.5.
    IV in colloquial discourse, esp. [dialect] Att. (cf. Greg.Cor.p.150 S., Ph.2.271), the name of the deity sworn by was often suppressed, to avoid a downright oath,

    μὰ τόν Ar.Ra. 1374

     (lyr.), Pl.Grg. 466e;

    μὰ τήν Men.369

    ;

    ναὶ μὰ τόν Call.Fr. 66d

    , Ael. NA3.19; ναὶ μὰ τάς (sc. Χάριτας) Suid. s.v. ναὶ μὰ τό (codd. dett.);

    οὐ μὰ τὸν—οὐκ ὀμόσω AP12.201

     (Strat.), cf. 7.112 (D.L.).
    V μά is sts. omitted after ναί (q. v.); also after

    οὐ, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S.OT 660

     (lyr.); οὐ τὸν Ὄλυμπον ib. 1088 (lyr.);

    οὐ τόνδ' Ὄλυμπον Id.Ant. 758

    , cf. El. 1063 (lyr.).
    -------------------------------------------
    μά (B), Thess. for δέ, IG9(2).258.11 (Cierium, ii B.C.), 461 A9 (Crannon, ii B.C.); also found at beginning of sentence in POxy.1216.10 (ii/iii A.D.).
    -------------------------------------------
    μά (C) [pron. full] [ᾱ], Elean for μή, Schwyzer413.5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μά

  • 10 NEINN

    * * *
    pron. indef., = né einn;
    1) any, following after a negation (aldrei svá, at honum væri nein raun í); ekki er þetta furða nein, it is no apparition; ekki neins staðar, not anywhere;
    2) as subst. any one, anybody; ekki neitt, nothing.
    * * *
    adj. pron., prop. a compd contr. from né einn = not one, none, but afterwards contr.; it is, however, never used as a pure negative, but only after a negative, as indef. pron.; for the older uncontr. usage see né A. II: [cp. A. S. nân; Engl. none]:—any, Lat. ullus, following after a negation, aldri svá at honum væri nein raun í, never … any danger, Nj. 262; varð eigi af neinni eptir-för, Valla L. 196; ekki er þetta furða nein, it is no apparition, Ísl. ii. 337; þess mundi eigi leita þurfa, at konungr mundi neina sætt göra, 84; Erlingr hafði eigi skaplyndi til at biðja konung hér neinna muna um, Ó. H. 47; aldri svá … at neitt vápn, Fas. i. 281; kom mér aldregi í hug, at sá mundi neinn vera, Art.; ekki neinu sinni, not once, Fb. i. 104; ekki neins staðar, nowhere:—where the negation is indirect or understood, lét hann af at eggja konung á neinar ferðir, Fb. ii. 427, (né einar, Fms. vii. 29, l. c.); skal ek miklu heldr þola dauða en veita þeim neitt mein, Nj. 168; at hann mundi taka úmjúkliga á því, at vægjask í neinum hlut til, Ó. H. 51; fyrr skal hón fúna en neinn taki hana, Lv. 50:—en neinn = en nokkur, than any; fleira íllt gékk yfir Gyðinga-lýð en yfir neina þjóð aðra, Ver. 42.
    2. as subst. anybody; hann tekr enga þá úsæmd til at neinn þori at …, Ld. 214; ekki neitt, nothing, Fas. i. 17; hvárki var neitt til, there was not aught of either, Gísl. 37; það er ekki til neins, ‘tis of no use. neins-staðar, adv.; ekki n., not anywhere, nowhere.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEINN

  • 11 प्रति _prati

    प्रति ind.
    1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).
    -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.
    -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.
    -4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.
    -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.
    -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]
    -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.
    -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.
    -अग्नि ind. towards the fire.
    -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.
    -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.
    -2 a division, chapter, section.
    -3 every limb.
    -4 a weapon. (
    -ङ्गम्) ind.
    1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.
    -2 for every subdivision.
    -3 in each case (in grammar).
    -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.
    -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.
    -2 repository.
    -अनन्तर a.
    1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).
    -2 standing nearest (as an heir).
    -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 immediately after.
    -2 next in succession.
    -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.
    -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.
    -अनीक a
    1 hostile, opposed, inimical.
    -2 resisting, opposing.
    -3 opposite.
    -4 equal, vying with. (
    -कः) an enemy.
    (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.
    -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).
    -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.
    -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.
    -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.
    -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.
    (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.
    -2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.
    -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.
    -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.
    -अब्दम् ind. every year
    -अमित्र a. hostile. (
    -त्रः) an enemy. (
    -त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.
    -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.
    -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.
    -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).
    -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.
    -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.
    -अवयवम् ind.
    1 in every limb.
    -2 in every particular, in detail.
    1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.
    -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.
    -अश्मन् m. red chalk.
    -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.
    -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.
    -आकारः a scabbard, sheath.
    -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.
    -2 reaction.
    -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.
    -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.
    -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.
    -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.
    -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.
    -आदित्यः a mock sun.
    -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.
    -2 pro- hibition.
    -आर्द्र a. fresh.
    -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.
    -2 trust, con- fidence.
    -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.
    -आस्वर 1 returning.
    -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.
    -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.
    -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.
    -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.
    -2 a bird resembling an owl.
    -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.
    -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (
    -कम्) ind.
    1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.
    -एनस् m.
    1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.
    -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.
    -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.
    -2 a critic.
    -कण्ठम् ind.
    1 severally, one by one.
    -2 near the throat.
    -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.
    -कश a. not obeying the whip.
    -कष्ट a. comparatively bad.
    -कामिनी a female rival; Śi.
    -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.
    -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.
    -3 a target, butt, mark.
    -कितवः an opponent in a game.
    -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.
    -कूपः a moat, ditch.
    -कूल a.
    1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.
    -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.
    -3 inauspicious.
    -4 contradictory.
    -5 reverse, inverted.
    -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).
    -कूल ind.
    1 adversely, contrarily.
    -2 inversely, in inverted order.
    -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.
    -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.
    -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.
    -क्षपम् ind. everynight.
    -गजः a hostile elephant
    -गात्रम् ind. in very limb.
    -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.
    -2 an inferior mountain.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.
    -ग्रामम् ind. in every village.
    -चक्रम् a hostile army.
    -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.
    -चरणम् ind.
    1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.
    -2 at every foot-step.
    -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.
    -2 an image, picture.
    -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.
    -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,
    -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.
    -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).
    -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.
    -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.
    -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.
    -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.
    -दूतः a messenger sent in return.
    -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.
    -देशम् ind. in every country.
    -देहम् ind. in every body.
    -दैवतम् ind. for every deity.
    -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.
    -2 an enemy. (
    -द्वम्) opposition, hostility.
    -द्वन्द्विन् a.
    1 hostile, inimical.
    -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.
    -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.
    -द्वारम् ind. at every gate.
    -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.
    -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.
    -नव a.
    1 new, young, fresh.
    -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.
    -नाडी a branch-vein.
    -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.
    -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.
    -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.
    -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.
    -पक्ष a. like, similar.
    (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,
    -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.
    -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.
    -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता
    1 hostility, opposition.
    -2 obstacle.
    -पक्षित a.
    1 containing a contradiction.
    -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.
    -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.
    -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.
    -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.
    -पदम् ind.
    1 at evry stop.
    -2 at every place, everywhere.
    -3 expressly.
    -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.
    -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.
    -पाणः 1 a stake.
    -2 a counter-pledge.
    -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.
    -पादम् ind. in each quarter.
    -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.
    -पादपम् ind. in every tree.
    -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.
    -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.
    -2 a substitute, deputy.
    -3 a companion.
    -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).
    -5 an effigy in general. (
    -षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.
    -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.
    -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.
    -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.
    -प्रभातम् ind. every morning.
    -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.
    -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.
    -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.
    -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.
    -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.
    -बलः a.
    1 able, powerful.
    -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.
    (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.
    -2 strength.
    -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.
    -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).
    -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.
    -2 an image, a picture.
    -बीजम् a rotten seed.
    -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.
    (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.
    -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.
    -भय a.
    1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.
    -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (
    -यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.
    -भैरव a. dreadful.
    -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)
    -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.
    -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).
    -2 an eccentric orbit.
    -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.
    -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.
    -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.
    -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.
    -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.
    -मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.
    -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).
    -मासम् ind. every month, monthly.
    -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.
    -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.
    -2 near, present. (
    -खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (
    -खम्) ind.
    1 towards.
    -2 in front, before.
    -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.
    -मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.
    -2 the impression of a seal.
    -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.
    -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.
    -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).
    -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.
    -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.
    -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.
    -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.
    -2 quarrel; controversy.
    -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).
    -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.
    -राजः a hostile king.
    -रात्रम् ind. every night.
    -रूप a.
    1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.
    -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).
    (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.
    -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.
    -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.
    -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.
    (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.
    -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.
    -3 a reflec- tion.
    -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.
    -लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.
    -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.
    -लोम a.
    1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.
    -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).
    -3 hostile.
    -4 low, vile, base.
    -5 left (वाम).
    -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.
    -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (
    -मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (
    -मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.
    -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.
    -कम् inverted order.
    -लोमतः ind.
    1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.
    -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.
    -वत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -वनम् ind. in every forest.
    -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.
    -वर्धिन् a. being a match for.
    -वर्षम् ind. every year.
    -वस्तु n.
    1 an equivalent, a counter- part.
    -2 anything given in return.
    -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.
    -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (
    -तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.
    -वारणः a hostile elephant.
    -वासरम् ind. every day.
    -विटपम् ind.
    1 on every branch.
    -2 branch by branch.
    -विषम् an anti- dote. (
    -षा) a birch tree.
    -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.
    -वीरः an opponent, antagonist.
    -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.
    -वृषः a hostile bull.
    -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.
    -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.
    -2 a neighbour.
    -वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.
    -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.
    -वेश्यः a neighbour.
    -वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.
    -शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.
    -2 a roar.
    -शशिन् m. a mock-moon.
    -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).
    -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.
    -संवत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.
    -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.
    -सम a. equal to, a match for.
    -सव्य a. in an inverted order.
    -सामन्तः an enemy.
    -सायम् ind. every evening.
    -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.
    -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.
    -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.
    -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.
    -स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.
    -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.
    -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.
    -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.
    -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रति _prati

  • 12 -A

    or -AT or -T, a negative suffix to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the 1st pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in the 2nd pers. a t or tt. As a rule the pron. as thus repeated; má-k-at-ek, non possum; sé-k-at-ek, non video; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo; skal-k-at-ek; vil-k-at-ek, nolo; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc.: 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu; mon-t-at-tu; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas: and after a long vowel a tt, mátt-at-tu, sátt-at-tu; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms; but not so in bisyllabic ones, máttir-a-þú, non poteras: yet in some instances in the 1st pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e. g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally servem ego non ego; höggvi-g-a-k, non cædam; stöðvi-g-a-k, quin sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; hafði-g-a-k, non babui; mátti-g-a-k, non potui; görði-g-a-k, non feci: if the verb has gg as final radical consonants, they change into kk, e. g. þikk-at-ek = þigg-k-at-ek, nolo accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in order to avoid an hiatus,—skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non sunto: forms with an hiatus, however, occur,—bíti-a, non mordat; renni-a, ne currat; skríði-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; væri-a, ne esset; urðu-a, non erant; but bíti-t, renni-t, skríði-t, urðu-t are more current forms: v. Lex. Poët. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indic., conj., and imperat. moods; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom; neither do there remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark. A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Öland, an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run thus, sa’r aigi flo, who did not fly, old Icel. ‘flo-at,’ Baut. 1169. Neither does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws): but its use may yet be inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the 10th century, e. g. the poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice; in the Haustlöng four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hákonarmál once (all Norse poems of the 10th century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force through the whole of the 10th century. A slight difference in idioms, however, may be observed: Völuspá, e. g., prefers the negation by né (using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Hávamal the suffix abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, 11, 18, 26, 29, 30, 34, 37–39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, 113–115, 126–128, 130, 134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skírnismál, Harbarðsljóð, Lokasenna—all these poems probably composed by the same author, and not before the 10th century—about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4, 8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42, 47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or né): so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skálaglam in Vellekla (circa 940–995), and Thorarin in the Máhlíðingavísur (composed in the year 981); and in the few epigrams relating to the introduction of Christianity in Icel. (995–1000) there occur mon-k-að-ek, tek-k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlífði-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala. From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa 995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Subsequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century. In the Sólarljóð there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part of the Völsungakviður are scarcely older than the 11th century. In all these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose. The suffixed verbal negation was used,
    α. in the delivering of the oath in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth (till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in the Grágás, runs in the 1st pers., hefka ek fé borit í dóm þenna til liðs mér um sök þessa, ok ek monka bjóða, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finna, hvárki til laga né ólaga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek hefka, ek monka (new Ed.): 3rd pers., hefirat hann fé; borit í dóm þenna ok monat hann bjóða, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monat hann tinna, 80, 81; cp. also 82, and Nj. l. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of decay in grammatical form.
    β. the Speaker (lögsögumaðr), in publicly reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law, from the Hill of Laws (lögberg), frequently employed the old form, esp. in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.): erat in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus; erat landeigandi skyldr, Grág. (Kb.) i. 17; erat hinn skyldr, 21; yngri maðr era skyldr at fasta, 35; enda erat honum þá skylt at …, 48; erat þat sakar spell, 127; era hinn þá skyldr at lýsa, 154; erat hann framar skyldr sakráða, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at ábyrgjask þat fé, 238; ok erat hann skyldr, id.; ok erat sakar aðili ella skyldr, ii. 74; erat hinn skyldr við at taka, 142; erat manni skylt at taka búfé, 143; enda erat heimting til fjár þess, 169; era hann þá skyldr at taka við í öðru fé nema hann vili, 209; ok erat þeim skylt at tíunda fé sitt, 211; ok erat hann skyldr at gjalda tíund af því, 212; erat kirkjudrottinn þá skyldr, 228; ef hann erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat maðr eiga fó óborit, i. 23; skalat homum þat verða optar en um siun, 55; skalat maðr ryðja við sjálfan sik, 62; skalat hann þat svá dvelja, 68; skalat hann til véfangs ganga, 71; skalat aðilja í stefnuvætti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda fyrir þat, 135; ok skalat hann með sök fara, 171; enda skalat hann fleirum baugum bœta, 199; skalat hann skilja félagit, 240; skalat hann meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4; skalat þeim meðan á brott skipta, 5; skalat hann lögvillr verða, svá, 34; skalat hon at heldr varðveita þat fé, 59; í skalat enn sami maðr þar lengr vera, 71; ok skala honum bæta þat, 79; skalat fyl telja, 89; skalat hann banna fiskför, 123; skalat hann lóga fé því á engi veg, 158; skalat drepa þá menn, 167; skalat svá skipta manneldi, 173; skalat maðr reiðast við fjórðungi vísu, 183. Plur.: skolut menn andvitni bera ok hér á þingi, i. 68; skolut mál hans standast, 71; skolut þeir færi til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other instances are rare: tekrat þar fé er eigi er til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um telrat þat til sakbóta, ok of telrat þá til sakbóta ( it does not count), 178; ef hann villat ( will not) lýsa sár sitt, 51; ok ræðrat hann öðrum mönnum á hendr þann úmaga, 248; ræðrat sá sínum ómögum á hendr, ii. 18; verðrat honum at sakarspelli and verðrat honum þat at s., i. 63; verðrat honum þat at sakarvörn, 149; kömrat hann öðru við, ii. 141; þarfat hann bíða til þess, i. 70; ok skilrat hann frá aðra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form: kömskat hann til heimtingar um þat fé, he loses the claim to the money, ii. 180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1853). Remarkable is also the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum, pp. 102, 103, note, I. c.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath—vask-at-ek þar, vák-at-ek þar, rauðk-at-ek þar odd ok egg—said, vask at þar, vák at þar, rauðk at þar. He inverted the sense by dropping the intermediate pronominal ek between the verb and þar, and pronouncing ‒ ‒́ instead of ‒́ ⏑. It further occurs in some few proverbs: varat af vöru, sleikði um þvöru, Fs. 159; veldrat sá er varir, Nj. 61 (now commonly ekki veldr sá er v., so in Grett.); erat héra at borgnara þótt hœna beri skjöld, Fms. vii. 116; era hlums vant kvað refr, dró hörpu á ísi, 19: also in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age—erat vinum líft Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sjá draumr minni, Ld. 128. Thorodd employs it twice or thrice: því at ek sékk-a þess meiri þörf, because í do not see any more reason for this, Skálda 167; kannka ek til þess meiri ráð en lítil, I do not know, id.; mona ( will not) mín móna ( my mammy) við mik göra verst hjóna, 163. In sacred translations of the 12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues of Gregory the Great: monatþu í því flóði verða, thou shalt not; esa þat undarligt þótt, it is not to be wondered at; hann máttia sofna, he could not sleep; moncaþ ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 51, 53; vasal kall heyrt á strætum, was not, Post. 645. 84; nú mona fríðir menn hér koma, Niðrst. 623. 7. In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS. A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108; and about as many times in the MS. Eirspennill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in t, though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained. The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > -A

  • 13 longtemps

    longtemps [lɔ̃tɑ̃]
    adverb
    • longtemps avant/après long before/after
    • j'ai fini depuis longtemps I finished a long time ago► ça fait or il y a longtemps que
    • ça fait or il y a longtemps qu'il habite ici he has been living here for a long time
    * * *
    lɔ̃tɑ̃
    1) [attendre, dormir etc] (for) a long time; (avec négation, dans question) (for) long

    tu en as pour longtemps/encore pour longtemps? — ( à te préparer) will you be long/much longer?

    il n'en a plus pour longtemps — ( à vivre) he won't last much longer

    longtemps avant/après — long before/after

    avant longtemps — ( d'ici peu) before long

    durer assez longtemps — ( suffisamment) to last long enough; ( une longue période) to last quite a long time

    2) (avec il y a, depuis, cela fait) ( marquant la continuité) (for) a long time, (for) long; ( quand l'action est terminée) a long time ago, long ago

    il y a or cela fait longtemps que je le connais, je le connais depuis longtemps — I've known him for a long time

    il ne travaille pas ici depuis longtemps, il n'y a pas longtemps qu'il travaille ici — he hasn't worked ou been working here (for) long

    * * *
    lɔ̃tɑ̃ adv
    for a long time, for long, a long time, long

    J'ai attendu longtemps chez le dentiste. — I waited a long time at the dentist's., I waited for a long time at the dentist's.

    Ça ne va pas durer longtemps. — It won't last long., It won't last for long.

    On a cru pendant longtemps que la Terre était plate. — For a long time people thought the Earth was flat.

    en avoir pour longtemps; Il en a pour longtemps. — He'll be a long time.

    Je n'en ai pas pour longtemps. — I won't be long.

    Il a mis longtemps à répondre à ma lettre. — He took a long time to answer my letter.

    il y a longtemps...; Il y a longtemps que je travaille. — I've been working for a long time., I've been working a long time

    il n'y a pas longtemps que...; Il n'y a pas longtemps que je l'ai rencontré. — I met him not long ago.

    * * *
    longtemps adv
    1 [attendre, dormir etc] (for) a long time; (avec négation, dans question) (for) long; j'y ai vécu longtemps I lived there for a long time; il n'a pas mis longtemps, ça ne lui a pas pris longtemps it didn't take him long; il t'a fallu longtemps? did it take you long?; malade pendant longtemps ill for a long time; (pendant) longtemps j'ai cru que for a long time, I believed (that); X, longtemps détenu/ministre,… X, who was in prison/a minister for a long time,…; ils ne se sont pas vus pendant longtemps they didn't see each other for a long time; partir pour longtemps to go away for a long time; tu en as pour longtemps/encore pour longtemps? ( à te préparer) will you be long/much longer?; il n'en a plus pour longtemps ( à vivre) he won't last much longer; prévoir qch longtemps à l'avance to plan sth a long time ahead; longtemps avant/après long before/after; avant longtemps ( d'ici peu) before long; pas avant longtemps not for a long time; on ne le saura pas de longtemps we won't know for a long time; j'ai attendu trop longtemps I waited too long; je peux le garder plus longtemps? can I keep it a bit longer?; plus longtemps que prévu longer than anticipated; durer assez longtemps ( suffisamment) to last long enough; ( une longue période) to last quite a long time; aussi longtemps qu'il le faudra as long as necessary; on te revoit dans longtemps○? will it be long before we see you again?; une lettre/visite longtemps attendue a long-awaited letter/visit;
    2 (avec il y a, depuis, cela fait etc) ( marquant la continuité) (for) a long time, (for) long; ( quand l'action est terminée) a long time ago, long ago; il y a or cela fait longtemps que je le connais, je le connais depuis longtemps I've known him for a long time; il ne travaille pas ici depuis longtemps, il n'y a pas longtemps qu'il travaille ici he hasn't worked ou been working here (for) long; ça fait or il y a longtemps que tu attends? have you been waiting long?; il y a or voilà or ça fait longtemps qu'il n'a pas téléphoné he hasn't phoned for ages ou a long time, it's (been) a long time ou ages since he phoned; il n'y a plus longtemps à attendre there's not long to wait now, it won't be much longer now; il est mort depuis longtemps, cela fait or il y a or voilà longtemps qu'il est mort he died a long time ago, he's been dead a long time; il ne conduisait plus depuis longtemps he had stopped driving ages ago ou long before then; il n'y a pas si longtemps c'était encore possible it was still possible until quite recently.
    [lɔ̃tɑ̃] adverbe
    1. [exprimant une durée] for a long time
    on a longtemps pensé que... it was long thought that..., it was thought for a long time that...
    il faut longtemps pour... it takes a long time ou a while to...
    pas de longtemps ou d'ici longtemps not for a (long) while ou long time
    mettre ou prendre longtemps to take a while ou a long time
    en avoir pour longtemps: je n'en ai pas pour longtemps I won't be long, it won't take me long
    a. [pour finir] he won't be much longer
    b. [à vivre] he won't last much longer, he's not got much longer to live
    d'ici à ce qu'il pleuve, il n'y en a pas pour longtemps! (familier) it won't be long till the rain starts!
    ça va durer (encore) longtemps, oui? is this going to go on for much longer?, have you quite finished?
    longtemps avant long ou a long time before (that), much earlier
    longtemps après much later, long after (that), a long time after (that)
    2. [avec 'il y a', 'depuis']
    il y a longtemps (de ça) ages ou a long time ago
    il y a longtemps ou cela fait longtemps que je l'ai lu it's been a long time since I read it
    il y a ou cela fait longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu it's a long time ou ages since I saw him
    tiens, il y avait longtemps!
    a. (familier) [qu'on ne t'avait pas vu] long time no see!
    b. [que tu n'avais pas parlé de ça] here we go again!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > longtemps

  • 14 neque

    nĕ-que or nec (used indifferently before vowels and consonants. The notion that nec in class. prose stands only before consonants is wholly unfounded. Ap. Cic. in the Rep. alone we find nec nineteen times before vowels; viz.: nec accipere, 3, 13, 23: nec alios, 2, 37, 62: nec enim, 1, 24, 38; 6, 25, 27: nec esset, 5, 5, 7: nec ex se, 6, 24, 27:

    nec id, 1, 1, 1: nec inportatis, 2, 15, 29: nec in, 6, 23, 25: nec inconstantiam, 3, 11, 18: nec injussu, 6, 15, 15: nec ipsius, 1, 26, 41: nec ipsum, 6, 24, 27: nec ulla, 1, 34, 51: nec ullo, 1, 37, 58: nec una, 2, 1, 2: nec hic, 3, 33, 45: nec hominis, 2, 21, 37: nec hunc, 6, 25, 29. Cf. also such passages as neque reliquarum virtutum, nec ipsius rei publicae,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 26, 41:

    dabo tibi testes nec nimis antiquos nec ullo modo barbaros,

    id. ib. 1, 37, 58:

    nec atrocius... neque apertius,

    id. Tull. 1, 2:

    nec homo occidi nec consulto, etc.,

    id. ib. 14, 34. The true distinction is, that in the form nec the negation is more prominent; in the form neque, the connective force of the particle; cf. Hand, Turs. 4, p. 94 sq.), adv. and conj. [ne-que], not; and not, also not.
    I.
    Adv., like ne, in ante-class. Latinity (v. ne, I.) as a general negative particle, = non, not (usually in the form nec. In class. Lat. this usage seems to be confined to certain formulae, as nec opinans, nec procul abesse, nec mancipi, etc.; v. infra): nec conjunctionem grammatici fere dicunt esse disjunctivam, ut: nec legit, nec scribit: cum si diligentius inspiciatur, ut fecit Sinnius Capito, intellegi possit, eam positam esse ab antiquis pro non, ut et in XII. est: AST EI CVSTOS NEC ESCIT, Paul. ex Fest. p. 162 Müll.:

    SI INTESTATO MORITVR, CVI SVVS HERES NEC SIT, etc., Lex XII. Tab. (v. App. III. tab. 5): SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, etc., ib.: magistratus nec obedientem civem coërceto,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 6:

    senatori, qui nec aderit, culpa esto,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 11:

    bruti nec satis sardare queunt,

    Naev. 1, 4; 1, 7:

    tu dis nec recte dicis: non aequum facis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 11:

    nec recte,

    id. As. 1, 3, 3; 2, 4, 65; id. Most. 1, 3, 83; Cat. 30, 4:

    alter, qui nec procul aberat,

    Liv. 1, 25, 10:

    nec ullus = nullus: cui Parcae tribuere nec ullo vulnere laedi,

    Verg. Cir. 269:

    differentia mancipi rerum et nec mancipi,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 18 sq. —Form neque: si quid tibi in illisce suovitaurilibus lactentibus neque satisfactum est, etc., an old formula of prayer in Cato, R. R. 141, 4: neque opinantes insidiatores, Auct. B. Afr. 66; Auct. B. Alex. 75.
    II.
    Conj., in all periods and kinds of composition.
    A.
    In gen., = et non, and not, also not.
    1.
    Alone.
    (α).
    When the negative applies to the principal verb of the clause: multumque laborat, Nec respirandi fit copia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 3 (Ann. v. 437 Vahl.):

    illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus, nec iisdem semper uno modo videntur, ficta esse dicimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47:

    delubra esse in urbibus censeo, nec sequor magos Persarum, quibus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 26; id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; id. Rep. 2, 1, 2:

    quae mei testes dicunt, quia non viderunt nec sciunt,

    id. Tull. 10, 24:

    non eros nec dominos appellabant eos... sed patres et deos. Nec sine causā. Quid enim? etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:

    illa, nec invideo, fruitur meliore marito,

    Ov. H. 2, 79.—
    (β).
    Less freq. when the negative applies to some other word:

    nec inventas illas toto orbe pares vires gloriatur,

    Just. 11, 9, 5:

    et vidi et perii, nec notis ignibus arsi,

    Ov. H. 12, 33:

    Anguibus exuitur tenui cum pelle vetustas, Nec faciunt cervos cornua jacta senes ( = et faciunt non senes),

    id. A. A. 3, 77:

    neque eum aequom facere ait,

    Ter. Phorm, 1, 2, 64:

    nec dubie ludibrio esse miserias suas,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14; 2, 14, 2; esp. in the phrases nec idcirco minus, nec eo minus, nec eo secius, neque eo magis;

    thus: nec idcirco minus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 35, 151:

    neque eo minus,

    Liv. 41, 8, 8; Suet. Oth. 2; id. Vesp. 24:

    neque eo secius,

    Nep. Att. 2, 2:

    neque eo magis,

    id. Eum. 4, 2; id. Paus. 3, 5; id. Att. 8, 5:

    cum consules in Hernicos exercitum duxissent, neque inventis in agro hostibus, Ferentinum urbem cepissent,

    Liv. 7, 9, 1.—
    2.
    So, nec ullus, nec quisquam, for et nullus, et nemo, etc.:

    nec ullo Gallorum ibi viro, etc.,

    Liv. 38, 25, 3; Tac. Agr. 16:

    nec quidquam magis quam ille, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 2, 8.—
    3.
    With vero, enim, autem, tamen:

    neque vero hoc solum dixit, sed ipse et sentit et fecit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229:

    nec vero jam meo nomine abstinent,

    id. Rep. 1, 3, 6: nec enim respexit, etc., id. Clod. et Cur. 4, 4; id. Lael. 10, 32:

    neque enim tu is es, qui, qui sis nescias,

    id. Fam. 5, 12, 6:

    nec tamen didici, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 38, 64:

    neque autem ego sum ita demens, ut, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 12, 6.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Nec [p. 1202] = ne... quidem, not even (in Liv. and later writers;

    in Cic. dub. since B. and K. read ne... quidem,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7; id. Tusc. 1, 26, 65; id. Cat. 2, 4, 8; cf.

    Hand, Turs. 4, 105 sqq.): ne quid ex antiquo praeter sonum linguae, nec eum incorruptum, retinerent,

    Liv. 5, 33, 11:

    Maharbal nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,

    id. 23, 18, 4:

    nec nos,

    id. 3, 52, 9; 34, 32, 9; 37, 20, 8; 38, 23, 3;

    40, 20, 6: non spes modo, sed nec dilatio,

    Just. 11, 8, 4:

    tam pauper, quam nec miserabilis Irus,

    Mart. 6, 77, 1; 5, 70, 6: Juv. 2, 151:

    interrogatus, an facta hominum deos fallerent, nec cogitata, inquit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 8; Tac. G. 6:

    nec ipse,

    Suet. Claud. 46; Flor. 1, 15, 3; Lact. 5, 13, 12; Amm. 14, 10, 3.—
    2.
    Nec = etiam non (freq. in Quint.):

    ut, si in urbe fines non reguntur, nec aqua in urbe arceatur,

    Cic. Top. 4, 23; id. Fin. 1, 11, 39:

    nec si quid dicere satis non est, ideo nec necesse est,

    Quint. 1, 1, 21:

    quod in foro non expedit, illic nec liceat,

    id. 9, 2, 67; 5, 10, 86; 12, 3, 6;

    2, 13, 7: sed neque haec in principem,

    Tac. A. 4, 34; 3, 29; 2, 82.—
    3.
    Neque (nec)... neque (nec), neither... nor: quae neque Dardaniis campis potuere perire, Nec cum capta capi, nec cum combusta cremari, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 360 Vahl.):

    nam certe neque tum peccavi, cum... neque cum, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 2:

    nec meliores nec beatiores,

    id. Rep. 1, 19, 32:

    mors nec ad vivos pertineat nec ad mortuos,

    id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    virtus nec eripi nec surripi potest umquam: neque naufragio neque incendio amittitur,

    id. Par. 6, 3, 51: neque ego neque Caesar, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1; cf.:

    haec si neque ego neque tu fecimus,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 23; so,

    non... nec... neque... neque: perspicuum est, non omni caussae, nec auditori neque personae neque tempori congruere orationis unum genus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 55, 210.—The second nec is rarely placed after a word in the clause ( poet.):

    nec deus hunc mensā, dea nec dignata cubili est,

    Verg. E. 4, 63; id. A. 4, 365; 696:

    sed nec Brutus erit, Bruti nec avunculus usquam,

    Juv. 14, 43.—With a preceding negative, which, however, does not destroy the negation contained in neque... neque:

    non mediusfidius prae lacrimis possum reliqua nec cogitare nec scribere,

    Cic. Att. 9, 12, 1:

    ut omnes intellegant, nihil me nec subterfugere voluisse reticendo nec obscurare dicendo,

    id. Clu. 1, 1:

    nulla vitae pars neque publicis neque privatis, neque forensibus neque domesticis, neque si tecum agas, neque si cum altero contrahas vacare officio potest,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    nemo umquam neque poëta neque orator fuit, qui, etc.,

    id. Att. 14, 20, 3; 8, 1, 3; Liv. 38, 50, 11.—
    4.
    Neque (nec)... et (que), and et... neque (nec), when one clause is affirmative, on the one hand not... and on the other hand; not only not... but also; or the contrary, on the one hand... and on the other hand not; not only... but also not.
    a.
    Neque (nec)... et (que):

    id neque amoris mediocris et ingenii summi et sapientiae judico,

    Cic. Att. 1, 20, 1:

    animal nullum inveniri potest, quod neque natum umquam sit, et semper sit futurum,

    id. N. D. 3, 13, 32; id. Off. 2, 12, 43; id. Brut. 58, 198; Caes. B. G. 4, 1; Tac. A. 3, 35:

    ex quo intellegitur nec intemperantiam propter se fugiendam esse temperantiamque expetendam,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 48:

    perficiam, ut neque bonus quisquam intereat, paucorumque poenā vos omnes jam salvi esse possitis,

    id. Cat. 2, 13, 28:

    sed nec illa exstincta sunt, alunturque potius et augentur cogitatione et memoriā,

    id. Lael. 27, 104; Ov. M. 2, 42; 811.—
    b.
    Et... neque (nec):

    ego vero et exspectabo ea quae polliceris neque exigam nisi tuo commodo,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17:

    patebat via et certa neque longa,

    id. Phil. 11, 2, 4:

    intellegitis et animum ei praesto fuisse, nec consilium defuisse,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 13:

    et... nec... et... et,

    id. Tusc. 5, 38, 112.—
    5.
    Neque (nec) non (also in one word, necnon), emphatically affirmative, and also, and besides, and indeed, and:

    nec haec non deminuitur scientia,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 4, 4:

    neque meam mentem non domum saepe revocat exanimata uxor,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2, 3:

    nec vero non eadem ira deorum hanc ejus satellitibus injecit amentiam,

    id. Mil. 32, 86:

    nec vero Aristoteles non laudandus in eo, quod, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 16, 44: neque tamen illa non ornant, habiti honores, etc., id. de Or. 2, 85, 347:

    neque tristius dicere quicquam debeo hac de re, neque non me tamen mordet aliquid,

    id. Fam. 3, 12, 2:

    nec non et sterilis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 2, 53; id. A. 8, 461; Suet. Tit. 5.—
    b.
    In Varro and after the Aug. per., nec non (or as one word, necnon) freq. as a simple conjunction = et, and, and likewise, and so too, and also:

    ibi vidi greges magnos anserum, gallinarum, gruum, pavonum, necnon glirium, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 14; Col. 8, 15, 6:

    nec non et Tyrii per limina laeta frequentes Convenere,

    Verg. A. 1, 707; Plin. 13, 22, 38, § 118:

    nec non etiam poëmata faciebat ex tempore,

    Suet. Gram. 23:

    nec non et ante,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 23, 13:

    nec non et quasi,

    id. 2 Par. 3, 16. —
    6.
    Neque (nec) dum (also in one word, necdum), and not yet, not yet:

    ille autem quid agat, si scis neque dum Romā es profectus, scribas ad me velim,

    Cic. Att. 14, 10, 4; Cels. 5, 26, n. 33; Suet. Aug. 10; Juv. 11, 66:

    necdum tamen ego Quintum conveneram,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    necdum etiam audierant inflari classica, necdum Impositos duris crepitare incudibus enses,

    Verg. G. 2, 539; id. A. 11, 70.—Strengthened by tamen:

    philosophi summi, neque dum tamen sapientiam consecuti, nonne intellegunt in summo se malo esse?

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 28, 68; id. Att. 6, 3, 3:

    et necdum (post-Aug.),

    and not yet, Plin. Pan. 14, 1.—
    7.
    Nec... quidem; v. quidem.—
    C.
    Neque = et ne or neve.
    1.
    Expressing negative purpose.
    (α).
    After ut (class.):

    ut ea, quae regie statuit in aratores, praetermittam neque eos appellem, a quibus, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 115:

    hortemur liberos nostros, ut animo rei magnitudinem complectantur, neque eis praeceptis quibus utuntur omnes, ut consequi posse confidant, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 5, 19:

    peterent ut dediticiis suis parcerent, neque in eum agrum arma inferrent,

    Liv. 7, 31, 4; 1, 2, 4; 3, 52, 11; 27, 20, 12.—
    (β).
    After ne (not ante-Aug.):

    conspirāsse inde, ne manus ad os cibum ferrent, nec os acciperet datum, nec dentes conficerent,

    Liv. 2, 32, 10; 3, 21, 6; 4, 4, 11; 26, 42, 2.—
    2.
    In a prohibition (rare):

    nec id mirati sitis, priusquam, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 53, 3:

    nec a me nunc quisquam quaesiverit, quid, etc.,

    id. 9, 9, 9:

    nec quicquam raptim aut forte temere egeritis,

    id. 23, 5, 3.—
    D.
    In contrasts, but not, not however (class.):

    ubi aetas tantum modo quaestui neque luxuriae modum fecerat,

    Sall. C. 24, 3:

    gloriosa modo neque belli patrandi,

    id. J. 88, 4:

    consulatus sine ulla patrum injuriā, nec sine offensione fuit,

    Liv. 3, 55, 1:

    oppida oppugnata nec obsessa sunt,

    id. 5, 12, 5; Plin. Ep. 3, 1, 9; Quint. 8, 6, 74; Tac. Agr. 8.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > neque

  • 15 do

    I 1. transitive verb,
    neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done
    1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

    do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

    do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

    do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

    do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

    what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

    do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

    not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

    that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

    that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

    do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

    the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

    2) (spend)
    3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]
    4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen
    5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen
    6) (cook) braten

    well done — durch[gebraten]

    7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]
    8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]
    9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)
    10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)
    11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]
    12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]
    13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen
    14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb, forms as
    1.
    1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

    you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

    do as they do — mach es wie sie

    2) (fare)
    3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

    do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

    4)

    how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

    5) (coll.): (manage)

    how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

    6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen
    7) (be usable)

    do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

    8) (happen)

    there's nothing doing on the job market — es tut sich nichts auf dem Arbeitsmarkt (ugs.)

    Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also academic.ru/21693/doing">doing; done

    3. verb substitute, forms as
    1.
    1) replacing v.: usually not translated
    2) replacing v. and obj. etc

    he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

    3) as ellipt. aux

    You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

    4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

    I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

    I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?

    4. auxiliary verb
    + inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

    you do look glum — du siehst ja so bedrückt aus

    but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

    little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

    I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

    5) in neg. commands

    don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

    children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

    don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

    don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

    6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

    do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

    do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

    Phrasal Verbs:
    II noun
    , pl. dos or do's
    1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)
    2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)
    3) in pl.
    * * *
    [du:] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - does; verb
    1) (used with a more important verb in questions and negative statements: Do you smoke?) Hilfsverb in Fragen und bei Verneinung
    2) (used with a more important verb for emphasis; ; [ðo sit down]) Hilfsverb zur Betonung
    3) (used to avoid repeating a verb which comes immediately before: I thought she wouldn't come, but she did.) statt Wiederholung des Verbs
    4) (used with a more important verb after seldom, rarely and little: Little did he know what was in store for him.) bei Inversion
    5) (to carry out or perform: What shall I do?; That was a terrible thing to do.) tun
    6) (to manage to finish or complete: When you've done that, you can start on this; We did a hundred kilometres in an hour.) schaffen
    7) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) machen
    8) (to be enough or suitable for a purpose: Will this piece of fish do two of us?; That'll do nicely; Do you want me to look for a blue one or will a pink one do?; Will next Saturday do for our next meeting?) genügen
    9) (to work at or study: She's doing sums; He's at university doing science.) sich beschäftigen mit
    10) (to manage or prosper: How's your wife doing?; My son is doing well at school.) sich befinden
    11) (to put in order or arrange: She's doing her hair.) herrichten
    12) (to act or behave: Why don't you do as we do?)
    13) (to give or show: The whole town gathered to do him honour.) erweisen
    14) (to cause: What damage did the storm do?; It won't do him any harm.) zufügen
    15) (to see everything and visit everything in: They tried to do London in four days.) erledigen
    2. noun
    (an affair or a festivity, especially a party: The school is having a do for Christmas.) das Fest
    - doer
    - doings
    - done
    - do-it-yourself
    - to-do
    - I
    - he could be doing with / could do with
    - do away with
    - do for
    - done for
    - done in
    - do out
    - do out of
    - do's and don'ts
    - do without
    - to do with
    - what are you doing with
    * * *
    do
    [du:]
    <does, did, done>
    1. (forming question)
    \do you like children? magst du Kinder?
    did he see you? hat er dich gesehen?
    what did you say? was hast du gesagt?
    \do you/ \does he/she indeed [or now]? tatsächlich?
    \do I like cheese? — I love cheese! ob ich Käse mag? — ich liebe Käse!
    Frida \doesn't like olives Frida mag keine Oliven
    I \don't want to go yet! ich will noch nicht gehen!
    I \don't smoke ich rauche nicht
    it \doesn't matter das macht nichts
    \don't [you] speak to me like that! sprich nicht so mit mir!
    \don't be silly sei nicht albern!
    \don't let's argue about it lasst uns deswegen nicht streiten
    \do come to our party ach komm doch zu unserer Party
    may I join you? — please \do! kann ich mitkommen? — aber bitte!
    boy, did he yell! der hat vielleicht geschrieen! fam
    so you \do like beer after all du magst also doch Bier
    you \do look tired du siehst wirklich müde aus
    \do shut up, Sarah halte bloß deinen Mund, Sarah
    \do tell me! sag's mir doch!
    \do I/ \does he/she ever! und ob!
    not only did I speak to her, I even... ich habe nicht nur mit ihr gesprochen, sondern auch...
    little \does she know sie hat echt keine Ahnung; (not yet) sie ahnt noch nichts; ( form)
    never did I hear such a terrible noise noch nie habe ich so ein schreckliches Geräusch gehört
    she runs much faster than he \does sie läuft viel schneller als er
    he said he wouldn't come, but fortunately he did er meinte, dass er nicht kommen würde, aber glücklicherweise tat er es dann doch
    \do you like Chopin? — yes, I \do/no, I \don't mögen Sie Chopin? — ja/nein
    who ate the cake? — I did!/didn't! wer hat den Kuchen gegessen? — ich!/ich nicht!
    I don't like Chinese food — nor [or neither] \do I/I \do ich esse nicht gerne Chinesisch — ich auch nicht/ich schon
    ... so \do I... ich auch
    so you don't like her — I \do! du magst sie also nicht — doch!
    6. (requesting affirmation)
    you don't understand the question, \do you? Sie verstehen die Frage nicht, stimmt's?
    you do understand what I mean, \don't you? du verstehst [doch], was ich meine, oder?
    7. (expressing surprise)
    so they really got married, did they? dann haben sie also wirklich geheiratet!
    <does, did, done>
    ▪ to \do sth etw tun [o machen]
    what shall I \do now? was soll ich jetzt machen?
    just \do it! mach's einfach!
    what are you \doing over the weekend? was machst du am Wochenende?
    haven't you got anything better to \do? hast du nichts Besseres zu tun?
    justice must be done Gerechtigkeit muss sein
    he \does nothing but complain er beklagt sich echt den ganzen Tag lang fam
    what have you done to her? was hast du mit ihr gemacht?
    what are these toys \doing here? was macht das [ganze] Spielzeug hier?
    what's the front door \doing open? warum steht die Haustür offen?
    what on earth are you \doing [there]! was um alles in der Welt machst du denn da?
    I'm sorry, it simply can't be done before next weekend tut mir leid, aber vor dem nächsten Wochenende geht es einfach nicht
    that was a stupid thing to \do das war dumm!
    what have you done with my coat? wo hast du meinen Mantel hingetan?
    to \do one's best sein Bestes tun [o geben]
    to \do business with sb mit jdm Geschäfte machen fam
    to \do lunch esp AM auswärts zu Mittag essen
    to \do nothing of the sort nichts dergleichen tun
    ▪ to \do sth with sb/oneself etw mit jdm/sich anfangen
    what am I going to \do with myself while you are away? was soll ich nur die ganze Zeit machen, wenn du nicht da bist
    3. (help)
    ▪ to \do sth for sb etw für jdn tun
    what can I \do for you? was kann ich für Sie tun?
    you never \do anything for me! du tust nie was für mich!
    can you \do anything for my bad back, doctor? können Sie was gegen meine Rückenbeschwerden tun, Herr Doktor?
    these pills have done nothing for me diese Pillen haben mir überhaupt nicht geholfen
    4. (use for)
    ▪ to \do sth with sth etw mit etw dat tun
    what are you going to \do with that hammer? was hast du mit dem Hammer vor?
    what should we \do with this box? was sollen wir mit dieser Kiste machen?
    5. (job)
    to \do sth for a living mit etw dat seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen
    what \does your mother \do? was macht deine Mutter beruflich?
    6. (take action)
    ▪ to \do sth about sth etw gegen etw akk tun
    I know I drink too much, but I can't \do anything about it ich weiß, dass ich zu viel trinke, aber ich kann nichts dagegen tun
    what is to be done about that? was kann man dagegen tun?
    \don't just stand there, \do something! stehen Sie doch nicht nur so rum, tun Sie was!
    ▪ to \do sth etw machen [o erledigen]
    if you \do the washing up,... wenn du abspülst,...
    let me \do the talking überlass mir das Reden
    today we're going to \do Chapter 4 heute beschäftigen wir uns mit Kapitel 4
    I found someone to \do the garden wall ich habe jemanden gefunden, der die Gartenmauer bauen wird
    to \do one's homework [seine] Hausaufgaben machen
    to \do the shopping einkaufen
    8. (learn)
    ▪ to \do sth:
    have you ever done any Chinese? hast du jemals Chinesisch gelernt?
    Diane did History at London University Diane hat an der London University Geschichte [im Hauptfach] studiert
    ▪ to \do sth riddle etw lösen
    to \do a crossword ein Kreuzworträtsel lösen [o fam machen]
    can you \do this sum for me? kannst du das für mich zusammenrechnen?
    10. ( fam: finish)
    are you done? bist du jetzt fertig? fam
    ▪ to \do sth for sb [or sb sth] etw für jdn machen
    can you \do me 20 photocopies of this report? kannst du mir diesen Bericht 20-mal abziehen?
    12. (tidy)
    to \do the dishes das Geschirr abspülen [o SCHWEIZ abwaschen]
    to \do one's nails (varnish) sich dat die Nägel lackieren; (cut) sich dat die Nägel schneiden
    to \do one's shoes seine Schuhe putzen
    to \do one's teeth sich dat die Zähne putzen
    to \do a bow tie eine Schleife binden
    to \do flowers Blumen arrangieren
    to get one's hair done zum Friseur [o SCHWEIZ Coiffeur] gehen
    where \do you get your hair done? zu welchem Friseur gehst du?
    ▪ to \do sth etw besichtigen
    to \do India eine Indienreise machen
    to \do Nice sich dat Nizza ansehen
    15. AUTO
    to \do 100 km/h 100 fahren fam
    16. (travel)
    to \do Paris to Bordeaux in five hours in fünf Stunden von Paris nach Bordeaux fahren
    ▪ to \do sb jdm genügen
    that'll \do me nicely, thank you das reicht mir dicke, danke! fam
    I only have diet cola — will that \do you? ich habe nur Diätcola — trinkst du die auch?
    ▪ to \do sth:
    this pub only \does food at lunchtime in diesem Pub gibt es nur zur Mittagszeit etwas zu essen
    \do you \do travel insurance as well? bieten Sie auch Reiseversicherungen an?
    sorry, we \don't \do hot meals tut mir leid, bei uns gibt es nur kalte Küche
    19. (cook)
    to \do the cooking kochen
    how long should the carrots be done for? wie lange müssen die Karotten kochen?
    could you \do me something without fish? könntest du mir etwas ohne Fisch kochen?
    20. (cause)
    ▪ to \do sb sth jdm etw tun
    to \do sb a favour jdm einen Gefallen tun
    to \do sb good jdm gut tun
    it would \do you good to get some fresh air es würde dir gut tun, etwas frische Luft zu schnappen
    to \do sb harm jdm schaden; see also credit, honour, justice
    ▪ to \do sb jdn drannehmen
    but he said he'd \do me next aber er sagte, dass ich als Nächste drankäme!
    22. (treat well)
    to \do sb well jdn verwöhnen
    to \do oneself well es sich dat gutgehen lassen
    23. (act)
    ▪ to \do sth play etw aufführen
    to \do a role eine Rolle spielen
    who did James Bond before Roger Moore? wer hat James Bond vor Roger Moore gespielt?
    ▪ to \do sb/sth jdn/etw nachmachen
    he \does a brilliant Churchill er kann Churchill wunderbar nachmachen; ( fig)
    I hope she won't \do a Mary and get divorced six months after her wedding ich hoffe, sie macht es nicht wie Mary und lässt sich sechs Monate nach ihrer Hochzeit wieder scheiden
    25. ( fam sl: rob)
    ▪ to \do sth in etw dat einen Bruch machen sl
    26. ( fam: cheat)
    ▪ to \do sb jdn übers Ohr hauen fam
    he did me for a thousand quid for that car er hat mir einen Tausender für das Auto abgeknöpft
    27. ( fam: be in jail)
    to \do 5 years [for sth] [wegen einer S. gen] fünf Jahre sitzen
    if you're not careful, you'll end up \doing time again wenn du nicht vorsichtig bist, musst du wieder sitzen
    28. esp BRIT ( fam: punish)
    ▪ to \do sb jdn fertigmachen fam
    to get done for sth (by the police) wegen einer S. gen von der Polizei angehalten werden; (by a court) für etw akk verurteilt werden
    29. ( fam: take drugs)
    ▪ to \do sth:
    how long have you been \doing heroin? wie lange nimmst du schon Heroin?
    30. (translate)
    to be done into French/German book ins Französische/Deutsche übersetzt worden sein
    to \do a translation übersetzen
    31. (exhaust)
    this last climb has really done me diese letzte Tour hat mir wirklich den Rest gegeben
    32. ( fam: impress)
    sth \does nothing for sb etw reißt jdn nicht gerade vom Hocker fam
    Bach has never done anything for me Bach hat mich noch nie sonderlich vom Hocker gerissen fam
    that film really did something to me dieser Film hat mich wirklich beeindruckt; (excite sexually)
    you really \do something to me, you know du machst mich echt an, weißt du [das] fam
    ▪ to \do it with sb mit jdm schlafen euph
    how old were you when you first did it? wie alt warst du bei deinem ersten Mal?
    34. (don't mention)
    \don't good morning me! komm mir nicht mit guten Morgen!
    35.
    ▶ what's done is done ( saying) was passiert ist, ist passiert
    ▶ that \does it! so, das war's jetzt!
    ▶ that's done it! jetzt haben wir die Bescherung! fam
    <does, did, done>
    1. (behave)
    to \do right [or the right thing] das Richtige tun
    to \do well to do sth gut daran tun, etw zu tun
    to \do as one pleases tun, was einem Spaß macht
    \do as I \do mach's wie ich fam
    \do as you're told tu, was man dir sagt
    sb is \doing badly/fine [or all right] [or well] jdm geht es schlecht/gut
    mother and baby are \doing well Mutter und Kind sind wohlauf
    how is your mother \doing? wie geht es deiner Mutter?
    how is Mary \doing in her new job? wie geht es Mary in ihrem neuen Job?
    you could \do better du könntest besser sein; (perform) du könntest es besser machen
    George has done well for himself George hat es für seine Verhältnisse weit gebracht
    our daughter is \doing well at school unsere Tochter ist gut in der Schule
    to be \doing well out of sth erfolgreich mit etw dat sein
    3. ( fam: finish)
    have you done? bist du fertig?
    have you done with those scissors yet? brauchst du die Schere noch?
    I haven't done with you yet ich bin noch nicht fertig mit dir
    4. (be acceptable, suffice) passen, in Ordnung sein
    that'll \do das ist o.k. so
    will £10 \do? reichen 10 Pfund?
    this kind of behaviour just won't \do! so ein Verhalten geht einfach nicht an!
    do you think this will \do for a blanket? glaubst du, das können wir als Decke nehmen?
    that'll \do as a cushion das geht [erstmal] als Kissen
    this will \do just fine as a table das wird einen guten Tisch abgeben
    this will have to \do for a meal das muss als Essen genügen
    will this room \do? ist dieses Zimmer o.k. für Sie?
    it doesn't \do to criticize your parents seine Eltern kritisiert man nicht
    will it \do if I get those books to you by Friday? reicht es, wenn ich dir die Bücher bis Freitag bringe?
    we'll make \do with $100 100 Dollar müssen reichen
    that will never \do das geht einfach nicht
    ▪ to \do [for sb] sich akk [für jdn] eignen
    5. ( fam: happen)
    this town is so boring — there's never anything \doing diese Stadt ist so langweilig — nie tut sich was
    6.
    ▶ it isn't done BRIT es ist nicht üblich
    ▶ how \do you \do? ( form or dated: as introduction) angenehm
    ▶ \do unto others as you would they should \do unto you ( prov) was du nicht willst, das man dir tut, das füg auch keinem andern zu prov
    ▶ what's \doing? ( fam) was ist los?
    ▶ that will \do jetzt reicht's aber!
    IV. NOUN
    1. esp BRIT, AUS ( fam: party) Fete f fam
    a big \do eine Riesenfete fam
    2. BRIT (sl: swindle) Schwindel m fam
    fair \dos gleiches Recht für alle
    4. AM (sl)
    that's some \do you've got! das ist ja eine Frisur, die du da hast!
    5. no pl (droppings)
    dog \do Hundehäufchen nt
    6. (allowed, not allowed)
    the \dos and \don'ts was man tun und was man nicht tun sollte
    * * *
    I [dəʊ]
    n (MUS)
    Do nt II [duː] vb: pret did, ptp done
    1. AUXILIARY VERB
    There is no equivalent in German to the use of do in questions, negative statements and negative commands.
    1)

    interrogative, negative do you understand? — verstehen Sie?

    you know him, don't you? — Sie kennen ihn doch?, Sie kennen ihn (doch), oder?

    you don't know him, do you? — Sie kennen ihn also nicht, oder?

    he does understand, doesn't he? —

    he didn't go, did he? — er ist (doch) nicht gegangen, oder?

    3)

    substitute for another verb you speak better German than I do — Sie sprechen besser Deutsch als ich

    he doesn't like cheese and neither do I — er mag keinen Käse und ich auch nicht

    I don't like cheese but he does — ich mag keinen Käse, aber er schon

    they said he would go and he did — sie sagten, er würde gehen und das tat er (dann) auch

    4)

    in tag responses do you see them often? – yes, I do/no, I don't — sehen Sie sie oft? – ja/nein

    do you serve food? – yes, we do — gibts bei Ihnen Essen? – ja

    you didn't go, did you? – yes, I did — Sie sind nicht gegangen, oder? – doch

    they speak French – oh, do they? — sie sprechen Französisch – ja?, ach, wirklich or tatsächlich?

    they speak German – do they really? — sie sprechen Deutsch – wirklich?

    may I come in? – do! — darf ich hereinkommen? – ja, bitte

    shall I open the window? – no, don't! — soll ich das Fenster öffnen? – nein, bitte nicht!

    who broke the window? – I did — wer hat das Fenster eingeschlagen? – ich

    5)

    DO shut up! (esp Brit) — (nun) sei doch (endlich) ruhig!

    do tell him that... (esp Brit) —

    well do I remember him! — und ob ich mich an ihn erinnere!

    it's very expensive, but I DO like it — es ist zwar sehr teuer, aber es gefällt mir nun mal

    2. TRANSITIVE VERB
    1) tun, machen

    I've done a stupid thing —

    sorry, it's impossible, it can't be done — tut mir leid, (ist) ausgeschlossen, es lässt sich nicht machen

    can you do it by yourself? —

    to do the housework/one's homework —

    who did the choreography/the cover design? we'll have to get someone to do the roof — wer hat die Choreografie/den Umschlagentwurf gemacht? wir müssen jemanden bestellen, der das Dach macht (inf)

    to do one's hair — sich frisieren, sich (dat) die Haare (zurecht)machen (inf)

    to do one's nails — sich (dat) die Nägel schneiden or (varnish) lackieren

    to do one's teeth (Brit) — sich (dat) die Zähne putzen

    to do the dishes — spülen, den Abwasch machen

    he knows it's a mistake but he can't do anything about it — er weiß, dass es ein Fehler ist, aber er kann nichts dagegen machen or daran ändern

    we'll have to do something about this/him — wir müssen da/wir müssen mit ihm etwas tun or unternehmen

    do something for me, will you... shut up — tu mir bloß den (einen) Gefallen und halt den Mund

    I've done everything I can — ich habe alles getan, was ich kann

    he does nothing but complain — er nörgelt immer nur, er tut nichts als nörgeln (inf)

    well, do what you can — mach or tu (eben), was du kannst

    what do I have to do to get through to him? — was muss ich tun, um zu ihm durchzukommen?

    how do you do it? — wie macht man das?; (in amazement) wie machen Sie das bloß? __diams; that's done it (inf) so, da haben wirs!, da haben wir die Bescherung! (inf) __diams; that does it! jetzt reichts mir!

    2)

    as job, profession what does your father do? — was macht Ihr Vater (beruflich)?

    3)

    = provide service, product what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (by shop assistant) was darfs sein?

    sorry, we don't do lunches — wir haben leider keinen Mittagstisch

    we do a wide range of herbal teas —

    we only do one style of gloves (= sell) (= produce) — wir haben or führen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe wir stellen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe her

    4)

    = complete, finish in pret, ptp only the work's done now — die Arbeit ist gemacht or getan or fertig

    what's done cannot be undone — was geschehen ist, kann man nicht ungeschehen machen

    5) = study, cover durchnehmen, haben
    6) COOK machen (inf)
    7) = solve lösen; sum, crossword, puzzle etc lösen, machen
    8) = take customer drannehmen

    the barber said he'd do me next — der Friseur sagte, er würde mich als Nächsten drannehmen

    9) Theat, Film part spielen
    10) = take off, mimic nachmachen
    11) = visit, see sights of city, country, museum besuchen, abhaken (inf)
    12) AUT ETC fahren, machen (inf)
    13)

    = treat (Brit inf) they do you very well at that hotel — in dem Hotel ist man gut untergebracht or aufgehoben

    they do you very well at that restaurant — in dem Restaurant isst man sehr gut __diams; to do oneself well es sich (dat) gut gehen lassen

    14) = be suitable for inf passen (sb jdm); (= be sufficient for) reichen (sb jdm)
    15) = cheat inf übers Ohr hauen (inf), reinlegen (inf)

    I was done for £80 — mit £ 80 hat man mich ganz schön übers Ohr gehauen (inf)

    16) = burgle inf einbrechen in (+acc)

    the office was done last night — im Büro ist gestern Nacht ein Bruch gemacht worden (sl)

    17)

    = hurt Brit inf I'll do you! — dir besorg ichs noch! (inf)

    18)

    = tire out (inf) I'm absolutely done (in)! — ich bin völlig geschafft or erledigt or fertig (all inf)

    19) = take inf drugs nehmen
    20) in prison inf 6 years etc sitzen, abreißen (inf)
    21)

    = translate (old, liter) done into (the) English by... — ins Englische übertragen von...

    3. INTRANSITIVE VERB
    1)

    = act do as I do — mach es wie ich

    he did well to take advice — er tat gut daran, sich beraten zu lassen

    he did right — er hat richtig gehandelt, es war richtig von ihm

    he did right/well to go — es war richtig/gut, dass er gegangen ist

    2)

    = get on, fare how are you doing? — wie gehts (Ihnen)?

    I'm not doing so badly — es geht mir gar nicht so schlecht

    when my uncle died I did quite well — als mein Onkel starb, bin ich ganz gut dabei weggekommen __diams; how do you do? (on introduction) guten Tag/Abend!, angenehm! (form) __diams; what's doing? (inf) was ist los?

    3) = be suitable gehen

    this room will do — das Zimmer geht (inf) or ist in Ordnung

    will it do if I come back at 8? — geht es, wenn ich um 8 Uhr zurück bin?

    it doesn't do to keep a lady waiting —

    will she/it do? — geht sie/das?

    4) = be sufficient reichen

    can you lend me some money? – will £10 do? —

    yes, that'll do — ja, das reicht

    you'll have to make do with £10 — £ 10 müssen Ihnen reichen, Sie werden mit £ 10 auskommen müssen __diams; that'll do! jetzt reichts aber!

    4. NOUN (Brit inf)
    1) = event Veranstaltung f, Sache f (inf); (= party) Fete f (inf)
    2) = swindle (Brit) Schwindel m
    3) = hairdo esp US Frisur f, Schnitt m
    5. dosPLURAL NOUN
    * * *
    do1 [duː; unbetont dʊ; də] prät did [dıd], pperf done [dʌn], 3. sg präs does [dʌz; unbetont dəz]
    A v/t
    1. tun, machen:
    what can I do (for you)? was kann ich (für Sie) tun?, womit kann ich (Ihnen) dienen?;
    do sth for sb etwas für jemanden erledigen;
    what does he do? was macht er beruflich?, was ist er von Beruf?;
    are you doing anything tonight? hast du heute Abend (schon) etwas vor?;
    do sth about etwas tun gegen;
    what is to be done ( oder to do)? was ist zu tun?, was soll geschehen?;
    if it were to do again wenn es noch einmal getan werden müsste;
    you can’t do this to me! das kannst du nicht mit mir machen!;
    you couldn’t do that to me! das kannst du mir (doch) nicht antun!;
    what have you done to my suit? was haben Sie mit meinem Anzug gemacht?;
    he promised to do sth er versprach, etwas zu unternehmen;
    he does not know what to do with his time er weiß nicht, was er mit seiner Zeit anfangen soll;
    do sth together etwas gemeinsam oder zusammen unternehmen;
    don’t do anything I wouldn’t do hum bleib sauber!; → do with
    2. tun, ausführen, vollbringen, Arbeiten verrichten, Verbrechen begehen:
    do one’s lessons SCHULE seine (Haus)Aufgaben machen;
    he did all the writing er hat alles allein geschrieben;
    he did all the talking er führte die Unterhaltung ganz allein, auch ich bin überhaupt nicht zu Wort gekommen;
    let me do the talking lass mich sprechen;
    it can’t be done es geht nicht, es ist undurchführbar;
    the machine does the rest die Maschine erledigt den Rest;
    the storm did a lot of material damage der Sturm richtete großen Sachschaden an;
    do you think he did it? glaubst du, dass er es getan hat oder dass er es war?; → done B 1, B 2
    3. tätigen, machen: → business A 3, A 13
    4. tun, leisten, vollbringen:
    do one’s best sein Bestes tun, sich alle Mühe geben
    5. anfertigen, herstellen, ein Kunstwerk etc auch schaffen:
    do a portrait ein Porträt malen;
    do a translation eine Übersetzung machen oder anfertigen
    6. jemandem etwas (an)tun, zufügen, erweisen: → favor B 2, good A 1, A 2, harm A 1, honor B 1, etc
    7. einbringen: → credit A 5
    8. erzielen, erreichen:
    I did it! ich habe es geschafft!;
    now you have done it! iron nun hast du es glücklich geschafft!
    9. sich beschäftigen mit, arbeiten an (dat)
    10. Speisen zubereiten, besonders kochen oder braten
    11. in Ordnung bringen, z. B.
    a) das Geschirr abwaschen: → dish A 1 c
    b) das Zimmer aufräumen, machen umg
    12. herrichten, dekorieren, schmücken
    13. (her)richten:
    she is having her nails done sie lässt sich maniküren;
    he had his teeth done er ließ sich die Zähne richten; → face A 1, hair Bes Redew
    14. a) eine Fremdsprache etc lernen
    b) einen Autor etc durchnehmen, behandeln
    15. eine Aufgabe lösen
    16. obs übersetzen, -tragen ( beide:
    into German ins Deutsche)
    17. a) eine Rolle etc spielen, einen Charakter darstellen:
    do Othello den Othello spielen;
    do the polite den höflichen Mann spielen oder markieren;
    do the host den Gastgeber spielen
    b) nachahmen:
    18. zurücklegen, machen, schaffen umg:
    they did 20 miles sie legten 20 Meilen zurück;
    the car does 100 m.p.h. der Wagen fährt 160 km/h
    19. umg besichtigen, die Sehenswürdigkeiten besichtigen von (oder gen):
    do Rome in three days Rom in drei Tagen besichtigen oder umg machen
    20. umg genügen (dat):
    21. umg erschöpfen, erledigen umg:
    they were pretty well done sie waren am Ende (ihrer Kräfte)
    22. umg
    a) jemanden erledigen, fertigmachen:
    I’ll do him in three rounds
    b) drannehmen (Friseur etc):
    I’ll do you next, sir
    23. sl reinlegen, übers Ohr hauen, anschmieren:
    do sb out of sth jemanden um etwas erleichtern oder betrügen oder bringen; → brown A
    24. sl eine Strafe abbrummen:
    he did two years in prison er hat zwei Jahre abgerissen;
    he did three months for theft er saß drei Monate wegen Diebstahls
    25. umg
    a) bewirten
    b) unterbringen:
    they do you very well here hier werden Sie gut bewirtet; hier sind Sie gut untergebracht
    26. behandeln: → well1 A 1
    27. bringen (obs außer in):
    do to death töten, umbringen
    28. sl einen Bruch machen in (dat), einbrechen in (akk oder dat), ein Auto etc aufbrechen
    29. umg bumsen (schlafen mit)
    B v/i
    1. handeln, vorgehen, tun, sich verhalten:
    the premier would do wisely to resign der Premier würde klug handeln oder wäre gut beraten, wenn er zurückträte; → well1 A 1, A 2
    2. (tätig) handeln, wirken:
    do or die kämpfen od untergehen;
    it’s do or die now! jetzt gehts ums Ganze!
    3. weiter-, vorankommen:
    a) vorwärtskommen, Erfolge haben ( beide:
    with bei, mit), gut abschneiden (in bei, in dat),
    b) gut gedeihen (Getreide etc)( → B 4, B 5);
    do better sich verbessern
    4. Leistungen vollbringen:
    a) seine Sache gut machen,
    b) viel Geld verdienen ( → B 3, B 5);
    he did better than expected er schnitt besser als erwartet ab;
    his son is doing well at school seinem Sohn geht es in der Schule gut
    5. sich befinden:
    a) gesund sein,
    b) in guten Verhältnissen leben,
    c) sich gut erholen ( → B 3, B 4);
    how do you do? guten Tag! (bei der Vorstellung)
    6. auskommen, zurande kommen
    7. genügen, (aus)reichen, passen, dem Zweck entsprechen oder dienen:
    that will (not) do das genügt oder reicht (nicht);
    it will do tomorrow es hat Zeit bis morgen;
    we’ll make it do wir werden schon damit auskommen
    8. angehen, recht sein, sich schicken, passen:
    that won’t do!
    a) das geht nicht (an)!,
    b) das wird nicht gehen!;
    it won’t do to be rude mit Grobheit kommt man nicht weit(er), man darf nicht unhöflich sein
    9. (im pprerfect) aufhören:
    have done! hör auf!, genug (davon)!;
    let us have done with it! hören wir auf damit!; → done B 5
    C Ersatzverb zur Vermeidung von Wiederholungen v/t & v/i tun (bleibt meist unübersetzt):
    he treats his children as I do my dogs er behandelt seine Kinder wie ich meine Hunde;
    you know it as well as I do du weißt es so gut wie ich;
    he sang better than he had ever done before er sang besser, als (er) je zuvor (gesungen hatte);
    she likes cats. so do I ich auch;
    he does not work hard, does he? er arbeitet nicht viel, nicht wahr?;
    he works hard, doesn’t he? er arbeitet viel, nicht wahr?;
    did he buy it? he did ja(wohl);
    do you understand? I don’t nein;
    he sold his car. did he? wirklich?, so?;
    I wanted to go there, and I did so ich wollte hingehen und tat es auch
    do you know him? kennen Sie ihn?
    I do not believe it ich glaube es nicht;
    do not go there gehen Sie nicht hin!;
    don’t tun Sie es nicht!, lassen Sie das!
    I do apologize tut mir wirklich leid;
    you do ask questions du stellst vielleicht Fragen;
    do sit down nehmen Sie doch bitte Platz;
    I do like it mir gefällt es wirklich;
    but I do see it! aber ich sehe es doch!;
    I did see it, but ich sah es wohl oder zwar, aber;
    do try to understand it versteh das doch;
    be quiet, do sei doch still!
    4. iron I do enjoy a quiet evening at home es geht doch nichts über einen ruhigen Abend zu Hause
    rarely does one see such things solche Dinge sieht man (nur) selten
    do2 [duː] pl dos, do’s [duːz] s
    1. sl Schwindel m, Gaunerei f
    2. besonders Br umg Fete f, Feier f
    3. fair do’s!
    a) sei nicht unfair!,
    b) gleiches Recht für alle!
    4. pl umg Gebote pl:
    do’s and don’ts Gebote und Verbote, (Spiel)Regeln
    do3 [dəʊ] s MUS do n (Solmisationssilbe)
    * * *
    I 1. transitive verb,
    neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done
    1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

    do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

    do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

    do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

    do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

    what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

    do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

    not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

    that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

    that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

    do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

    the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

    3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]
    4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen
    5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen
    6) (cook) braten

    well done — durch[gebraten]

    7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]
    8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]
    9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)
    10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)
    11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]
    12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]
    13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen
    14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb, forms as
    1.
    1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

    you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

    3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

    do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

    4)

    how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

    5) (coll.): (manage)

    how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

    6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen

    do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

    Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also doing; done

    3. verb substitute, forms as
    1.
    1) replacing v.: usually not translated
    2) replacing v. and obj. etc

    he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

    3) as ellipt. aux

    You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

    4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

    I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

    I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?

    4. auxiliary verb
    + inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

    but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

    little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

    I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

    5) in neg. commands

    don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

    children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

    don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

    don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

    6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

    do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

    do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

    Phrasal Verbs:
    II noun
    , pl. dos or do's
    1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)
    2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)
    3) in pl.
    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: did, done)
    = ausführen v.
    tun v.
    (§ p.,pp.: tat, getan)

    English-german dictionary > do

  • 16 pas

    I.
    pas1 [pα]
    1. masculine noun
       a. step ; ( = bruit) footstep ; ( = trace) footprint
    • revenir or retourner sur ses pas to retrace one's steps
       b. ( = distance) pace
       c. ( = vitesse) pace ; (Military) step
    • « roulez au pas » "dead slow"
       d. ( = démarche) tread
    • prendre le pas sur [+ considérations, préoccupations] to override ; [+ théorie, méthode] to supplant ; [+ personne] to steal a march over
    II.
    pas2 [pα]
    adverb
       a. (avec ne: formant négation verbale) not
    • ils n'ont pas de voiture/d'enfants they don't have a car/any children
       b. (indiquant ou renforçant opposition) elle travaille, (mais) lui pas she works, but he doesn't
    • il aime ça, pas toi ? he likes it, don't you?
    • pas de sucre, merci ! no sugar, thanks!
    • qui l'a prévenu ? -- pas moi who told him? -- not me
       d. (devant adjectif, nom, dans exclamations) (inf) il est dans une situation pas ordinaire he's in an unusual situation
    • pas possible ! no!
    • pas vrai ? isn't that so?
    • tu es content ? eh bien pas moi ! are you satisfied? well I'm not!
    • t'es pas un peu fou ? you're crazy! (inf)
    • si c'est pas malheureux ! isn't that disgraceful!
    • pas de ça ! we'll have none of that!
    • ah non, pas lui ! oh no, not him!
    * * *
    Note: Dans la langue parlée ou familière, not utilisé avec un auxiliaire ou un modal prend parfois la forme n't qui est alors accolée à l'auxiliaire: he hasn't finished, he couldn't come. On notera que will not devient won't, que shall not devient shan't et cannot devient can't

    I pa
    1) gén

    c'est un Autrichien, pas un Allemand — he's an Austrian, not a German

    ce n'est pas un lâche — gén he isn't a coward; ( pour insister) he's no coward

    je ne pense pas — I don't think so, I think not sout

    elle a aimé le film, mais lui pas — she liked the film but he didn't

    une radio pas chère — (colloq) a cheap radio

    non mais t'es pas dingue? — (sl) are you mad or what?

    2) (dans des expressions, exclamations)

    pas vrai? — (colloq) gén isn't that so?; ( n'est-ce pas)

    on a bien travaillé, pas vrai? — (colloq) we did good work, didn't we?


    II pa
    nom masculin invariable
    1) ( enjambée) step

    faire ses premiers pas — [enfant] to take one's first steps

    faire le premier pas — fig to make the first move

    de là à dire qu'il s'en fiche (colloq), il n'y a qu'un pas — there's only a fine line between that and saying he doesn't care

    2) ( allure) pace

    marcher au pas — ( à pied) to march; ( à cheval) to walk

    marquer le pas — Armée to mark time

    ‘roulez au pas’ — ( panneau) ‘dead slow’ GB, ‘(very) slow’ US

    partir au pas de course — to rush off, to race off

    3) ( bruit) footstep
    4) ( trace de pied) footprint

    revenir or retourner sur ses pas — lit to retrace one's steps; fig to backtrack

    marcher sur les pas de quelqu'un — fig to follow in somebody's footsteps

    5) ( de danse) step
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    tirer quelqu'un/se tirer d'un mauvais pas — to get somebody/to get out of a tight corner

    faire or sauter le pas — to take the plunge

    prendre le pas sur quelque chose/quelqu'un — to overtake something/somebody

    * * *

    I pɒ adv
    1) (avec `ne' et `non') not

    Il ne pleure pas. (habituellement) — He doesn't cry., (maintenant) He's not crying., He isn't crying.

    Il ne pleut pas. — It's not raining.

    Je ne mange pas de viande. — I don't eat meat.

    Il n'a pas pleuré. — He didn't cry.

    Il ne pleurera pas. — He won't cry.

    Elle n'est pas venue. — She didn't come.

    Ils n'ont pas de voiture. — They haven't got a car., They have no car.

    Ils n'ont pas d'enfants. — They haven't got any children., They have no children.

    Ce n'est pas mal pour un début. — That's not bad for a first attempt.

    Il m'a dit de ne pas le faire. — He told me not to do it.

    non pas que... — not that...

    Je n'aime pas du tout ça. — I don't like that at all.

    n'est-ce pas; Vous viendrez à notre soirée, n'est-ce pas? — You're coming to our party, aren't you?

    C'est Harry qui a gagné, n'est-ce pas? — Harry won, didn't he?

    2) (employé sans `ne')

    pas moi — not me, not I

    pas de sucre, merci — no sugar, thanks

    Elle travaille, lui pas.; Elle travaille, mais pas lui. — She works but he doesn't.

    Elle veut aller au cinéma, pas moi. — She wants to go to the cinema, but I don't.

    une pomme pas mûre — an apple that isn't ripe, an unripe apple

    ... ou pas? —... or not?

    Ceci est à vous ou pas? — Is this yours or not?, Is this yours or isn't it?

    3)

    pas mal (personne, maison) — not bad

    comment ça va? — pas mal — how are things? — not bad

    Il y avait pas mal de monde au concert. — There were quite a lot of people at the concert.


    II pɒ nm
    1) (= allure) pace, [cheval] walk

    Il marchait d'un pas rapide. — He walked at a fast pace.

    Le cheval est parti au pas. — The horse set off at walking pace.

    de ce pas — straight away, at once

    J'y vais de ce pas. — I'll go straight away

    2) (= démarche) tread
    3) (= enjambée) step

    Faites trois pas en avant. — Take three steps forward.

    retourner sur ses pas; revenir sur ses pas — to retrace one's steps

    Il faisait les cent pas dans le corridor. — He was pacing up and down the corridor.

    4) (= bruit) step, footstep

    J'entends des pas dans l'escalier. — I can hear footsteps on the stairs.

    5) (= trace de pas) footprint
    6) (mesure) pace

    à deux pas de... — just round the corner from...

    7) DANSE step
    8) fig (= étape) step
    9) TECHNIQUE, [vis, écrou] thread

    se tirer d'un mauvais pas fig — to get o.s. out of a tight spot

    * * *
    I.
    pas adv
    ❢ Dans la langue parlée ou familière, not utilisé avec un auxiliaire ou un modal prend parfois la forme n't qui est alors accolée à l'auxiliaire: he hasn't finished, he couldn't come. On notera que will not devient won't, que shall not devient shan't et cannot devient can't.
    1 gén sur les 15 employés, pas un ne parle anglais out of the 15 employees not one speaks English; c'est un Autrichien, pas un Allemand he's an Austrian, not a German; je ne prends pas de sucre avec mon café I don't take sugar in coffee; ils n'ont pas le téléphone they haven't got a phone; ils n'ont pas d'enfants/de principes they haven't got any children/principles, they have no children/principles; il n'y a pas de café dans le placard there isn't any coffee in the cupboard, there's no coffee in the cupboard; ce n'est pas de l'amour, c'est de la possessivité it isn't love, it's possessiveness; ce n'est pas du cuir, c'est du plastique it isn't leather, it's plastic; ce n'est pas un lâche gén he isn't a coward; ( pour insister) he's no coward; ce n'est pas un ami à moi gén he isn't a friend of mine; ( pour insister) he's no friend of mine; ce n'est pas une raison pour crier comme ça! that's no reason to shout like that!; ce n'est pas une vie pour un gamin de son âge it's no life for a child of his age; ce n'est pas un endroit pour s'arrêter it's no place to stop; ce n'est pas qu'il soit désagréable, mais il est tellement ennuyeux! it's not that he's unpleasant, but he's so boring!; elle n'est pas très bavarde she's not very talkative; il n'est pas plus intelligent qu'un autre he's no brighter than anybody else; je ne pense pas I don't think so, I think not sout; alors, tu viens ou pas○? so, are you coming or not?; elle a aimé le film, mais lui pas or mais pas lui○ she liked the film but he didn't; ma voiture a un toit ouvrant, la leur pas or pas la leur○ gén my car has a sunroof, theirs doesn't; ( pour rectifier une erreur) my car has a sunroof, not theirs; il m'a dit de ne pas y aller he told me not to go there; du pain pas cuit unbaked bread; des tomates pas mûres unripe tomatoes; des chaussures pas cirées unpolished shoes; une radio pas chère○ a cheap radio set; je fouille dans ma poche… pas de portefeuille! I searched in my pocket… no wallet!; pas d'augmentation pour vous, Pichon! no raise for you, Pichon!; non mais t'es pas dingue○? are you mad or what?;
    2 (dans des expressions, exclamations) pas du tout not at all; pas le moins du monde not in the slightest ou in the least; absolument pas absolutely not; pas vraiment not really; pas tellement not much; pas tant que ça not all that much; pas plus que ça so-so○, not all that much; pas d'histoires! I don't want any arguments ou fuss about it!; pas de chance! hard luck!, tough luck!; pas possible! I can't believe it!; pas croyable! incredible!; pas vrai○? gén isn't that so?;
    3 ( n'est-ce pas) elle est jolie la petite Pivachon, pas○? the Pivachon girl is pretty, isn't she?; on s'est bien amusé, pas○? we had a good time, didn't we?; on a bien travaillé, pas vrai○? we did good work, didn't we?
    II.
    pas nm inv
    1 ( enjambée) step; faire un grand/petit pas to take a long/small step; faire des petits pas to take small steps; faire des grands pas to stride along; marcher or avancer à grands pas to stride along; marcher or avancer à petits pas to edge forward; faire un pas en avant/en arrière to take a step forward/backward; l'industrie a fait un grand pas en avant industry has taken a big step forward; l'hiver arrive à grands pas winter is fast approaching; avancer à pas de géant (dans qch) to make giant strides (in sth); avancer à pas de fourmi (dans qch) to progress at a snail's pace (in sth); marcher à pas de loup or de velours to move stealthily; marcher à pas feutrés to walk softly; marcher à pas comptés to walk with measured steps; faire ses premiers pas [enfant] to take one's first steps; faire ses premiers pas dans la société mondaine to make one's debut in society; faire le premier pas fig to make the first move; suivre qn pas à pas to follow sb everywhere; avancer pas à pas dans une enquête to proceed step by step in an inquiry; il n'y a qu'un pas there's a fine line; de là à dire qu'il s'en fiche○, il n'y a qu'un pas there's only a fine line between that and saying he doesn't care; j'habite à deux pas (d'ici) I live just a step away (from here); le magasin est à deux pas de chez elle the shop is just a step away from her house; ⇒ cent;
    2 ( allure) pace; marcher d'un bon pas to walk at a brisk pace; allonger or hâter le pas to quicken one's pace; marcher d'un pas lourd to walk with a heavy tread; marcher d'un pas hésitant/gracieux to walk hesitantly/gracefully; se diriger vers sa voiture d'un pas pressé to walk hurriedly toward(s) one's car; marcher du même pas to walk in step; ralentir le pas to slow down; marcher au pas Mil to march; Équit to walk; marquer le pas Mil to mark time; rouler or circuler au pas to crawl (along); ‘roulez au pas’ ( sur panneau) ‘dead slow’ GB, ‘(very) slow’ US; mettre qn au pas to bring sb to heel; partir au pas de course to rush off, to race off; faire qch au pas de charge to do sth in double-quick time; j'y vais de ce pas I'll do it straightaway;
    3 ( bruit) footstep; j'ai entendu un bruit de pas I heard footsteps; reconnaître le pas de qn to recognize sb's (foot)step;
    4 ( trace de pied) footprint; des pas dans la neige/sur le sable footprints in the snow/in the sand; revenir or retourner sur ses pas lit, fig to retrace one's steps, to backtrack; marcher sur les pas de qn fig to follow in sb's footsteps;
    5 Danse step; un pas de danse a dance step; le pas de valse the waltz step; apprendre les pas du tango to learn how to tango;
    6 Tech ( d'une hélice) pitch; (d'un écrou, d'une vis) thread;
    pas accéléré quick march; pas cadencé slow time; marcher au pas cadencé to march in slow time; pas de deux Danse pas de deux; pas de l'oie goosestep; marcher au pas de l'oie to goosestep; pas de patineur ( au ski) skating; pas de porte doorstep; rester sur le pas de la porte to stay on the doorstep; pas redoublé double time, quick march; marcher au pas redoublé to quick march; pas de route walking pace; pas de tir Mil Sport shooting range; Astronaut launch(ing) pad; pas de vis Tech thread.
    tirer qn/se tirer d'un mauvais pas to get sb/to get out of a tight corner; faire or sauter le pas to take the plunge; céder le pas à qn to make way for sb; prendre le pas sur qch/qn to overtake sth/sb.
    I
    [pa] adverbe
    1. [avec 'ne', pour exprimer la négation]
    ils n'ont pas de problèmes/d'avenir they have no problems/no future, they haven't got any problems/a future
    ce n'est pas que je ne veuille pas, mais... it's not that I don't want to, but...
    [avec omission du 'ne'] (familier)
    a. [pas comique] it's not in the least ou slightest bit funny
    b. [ennuyeux] it's no fun at all
    non, j'aime pas no, I don't like it
    2. [avec 'non', pour renforcer la négation]
    3. [employé seul]
    les garçons voulaient danser, les filles pas the boys wanted to dance, the girls didn't
    4. [dans des réponses négatives]
    pas de dessert pour moi, merci no dessert for me, thank you
    qui l'a pris? — pas moi, en tout cas! who took it? — not me, that's for sure!
    pas le moins du monde not in the least ou slightest, not at all
    ————————
    pas mal (familier) locution adjectivale invariable
    ————————
    pas mal (familier) locution adverbiale
    1. [bien]
    2. [très]
    ————————
    pas mal de locution déterminante
    (familier) [suivi d'un nom comptable] quite a few, quite a lot of
    [suivi d'un nom non comptable] quite a lot of
    ————————
    pas plus mal locution adverbiale
    il a maigri — c'est pas plus mal he's lost weight — good thing too ou that's not such a bad thing ou just as well
    pas un locution déterminante,
    pas une locution déterminante
    pas un loc pron,
    pas une loc pron
    parmi elles, pas une qui ne veuille y aller every one of them wants to go there
    II
    [pa] nom masculin
    1. [déplacement] step
    revenir ou retourner sur ses pas to retrace one's steps ou path, to turn back
    arriver sur les pas de quelqu'un to follow close on somebody's heels, to arrive just after somebody
    avancer à ou faire de petits pas to take short steps
    faire un pas en avant to step forward, to take a step ou pace forward
    2. [progrès]
    b. [technique, science] to take big steps forward
    c. [échéance, événement] to be looming
    a. [lentement] to make slow progress
    b. [prudemment] to tread carefully
    b. [étape] step
    franchir ou sauter le pas to take the plunge
    3. [empreinte] footprint
    4. [allure] pace
    allonger ou doubler le pas to quicken one's step ou pace
    hâter ou presser le pas to hurry on
    ralentir le pas to slow one's pace, to slow down
    aller ou marcher d'un bon pas to walk at a good ou brisk pace
    avancer ou marcher d'un pas lent to walk slowly
    5. [démarche] gait, tread
    marcher d'un pas alerte/léger/élastique to walk with a sprightly/light/bouncy tread
    avancer d'un pas lourd ou pesant to tread heavily, to walk with a heavy tread
    elle entendait son pas irrégulier/feutré sur la terrasse she could hear his irregular/soft footfall on the terrace
    pas battu/tombé pas battu/tombé
    pas de patinage ou patineur [en ski] skating
    pas de canard/de l'escalier [en ski] herringbone/side stepping climb
    b. (figuré) at a run, on the double
    9. [mesure] pace
    [espace approximatif] pace, step
    à deux ou trois ou quelques pas: l'église est à deux pas the church is very close at hand ou is only a stone's throw from here
    il n'y a qu'un pas (figuré) : entre la consommation de drogue et la vente, il n'y a qu'un pas there's only a small ou short step from taking drugs to selling them
    10. [marche d'escalier] step
    ne reste pas sur le pas de la porte don't stand at the door ou on the doorstep ou in the doorway
    11. GÉOGRAPHIE [en montagne] pass
    [en mer] strait
    12. TECHNOLOGIE [d'une vis] thread
    [d'une denture, d'un engrenage] pitch
    prendre le pas (sur quelqu'un/quelque chose) to take precedence (over somebody/something), to dominate (somebody/something)
    ————————
    à chaque pas locution adverbiale
    2. [constamment] at every turn ou step
    ————————
    au pas locution adverbiale
    1. [en marchant] at a walking pace
    ne courez pas, allez au pas don't run, walk
    aller ou rouler au pas
    a. [dans un embouteillage] to crawl along
    b. [consigne de sécurité] to go dead slow (UK), to go slow
    mettre quelqu'un/quelque chose au pas to bring somebody/something to heel
    de ce pas locution adverbiale
    pas à pas locution adverbiale
    1. [de très près] step by step

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > pas

  • 17 parvissime

    parvus, a, um, adj. (usual, irreg. comp. and sup.: mĭnor, mĭnĭmus.— Comp.:

    volantum parviores,

    Cael. Aur. Tard. 2, 1, 26.— Sup.: rictus parvissimus, Varr. ap. Non. 456, 10:

    parvissima corpora,

    Lucr. 1, 615; 621; 3, 199: minerrimus pro minimo dixerunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 122 Müll.:

    minimissimus,

    Arn. 5, n. 8) [kindr. with paucus and Gr. pauros; cf., also, parum, parcus], little, small, petty, puny, inconsiderable (cf.: exiguus, minutus, brevis; in class. prose parvus is not used, like brevis, of stature, v. Auct. Her. 4, 33, 45).
    I.
    Posit.:

    in parvis aut mediocribus rebus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    quam parva sit terra, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 26; cf. id. ib. 6, 16, 16:

    commoda parva ac mediocria,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 1:

    in parvum quendam et angustum locum concludi,

    id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    beneficium non parvum,

    id. Caecin. 10, 26:

    parvi pisciculi,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 123:

    haec parva et infirma sunt,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    si parva licet componere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    merces,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 86:

    sucus,

    Plin. 21, 31, 105, § 178 et saep.:

    liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37;

    so of children: salutaria appetant parvi,

    the little ones, id. Fin. 3, 5, 16:

    parva soror,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 15; cf.:

    memini quae plagosum mihi parvo Orbilium dictare,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 70:

    operosa parvus Carmina fingo,

    a little man, id. C. 4, 2, 31; Suet. Aug. 48:

    a parvis didicimus: si in jus vocat, etc.,

    when little, in childhood, Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    puer in domo a parvo eductus,

    from infancy, Liv. 1, 39 fin. —Of time, little, short, brief:

    parvae consuetudinis Causa,

    slight, short, Ter. And. 1, 1, 83; cf.:

    in parvo tempore,

    Lucr. 5, 106:

    nox,

    Luc. 4, 476:

    vita,

    id. 6, 806:

    parvam fidem habere alicui,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 117:

    hic onus horret, Ut parvis animis et parvo corpore majus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 39:

    homo parvo ingenio,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 29:

    parvum carmen,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 257:

    hoc opus, hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    both small and great, id. ib. 1, 3, 28.—With ref. to value or consequence, little, small, low, mean, etc.:

    meam erus esse operam deputat parvi pretii,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1:

    nil parvom aut humili modo, Nil mortale loquar,

    Hor. C. 3, 25, 17:

    et magnis parva mineris Falce recisurum simili te,

    id. S. 1, 3, 122:

    pretio parvo vendere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 134:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi est consilium domi,

    of little value, id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    parvi refert abs te jus dici diligenter, nisi, etc.,

    it matters little, id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 7, § 20.—Hence, parvi facere, aestimare, ducere, pendere, etc., to esteem lightly, care little for:

    parvi ego illos facio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 41:

    parvi aestimo, si ego hic peribo,

    id. Capt. 3, 5, 24:

    quia parvi id duceret,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 8, 24: nequam hominis ego parvi pendo gratiam, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 29.—So, in abl.:

    signa abs te diligenter parvoque curata sunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 3, 2; so,

    quanti emptus? parvo,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 156:

    parvo stat magna potentia nobis,

    Ov. M. 14, 493:

    parvo contentus esse possum,

    with little, Cic. Att. 12, 19, 1; cf.:

    vivitur parvo bene,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 13:

    possim contentus vivere parvo,

    Tib. 1, 1, 25:

    agricolae prisci, fortes parvoque beati,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 139:

    necessarium est parvo assuescere,

    Sen. Ep. 123, 3: parvo, as an abl. of measure, with comp. (rarely;

    perh. not ante-Aug.): ita ut parvo admodum plures caperentur,

    a very little more, Liv. 10, 45, 11:

    parvo brevius,

    Plin. 2, 67, 67, § 168:

    haud parvo junior,

    Gell. 13, 2, 2.—So in designating time:

    parvo post,

    Plin. 16, 25, 42, § 103:

    parvo post tempore,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 1.—Of stature (late Lat. for brevis):

    Zacchaeus staturā parvus erat,

    Aug. Serm. 113, 3; id. in Psa. 143, 1.
    II.
    Comp.: mĭnor, us [cf. Gr. minus, minuthô], less, lesser, smaller, inferior:

    quod in re majore valet, valeat in minore,

    Cic. Top. 4, 23:

    si ea pecunia non minor esset facta,

    id. Leg. 2, 20, 51:

    Hibernia dimidio minor quam Britannia,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13:

    minus praedae quam speraverant fuit,

    a smaller quantity, less, Liv. 4, 51:

    sociis dimidio minus quam civibus datum,

    id. 41, 13 fin.:

    calceus... si minor (pede), uret,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 43:

    neve minor, neu sit quinto productior actu Fabula,

    less than five acts, id. A. P. 189:

    genibus minor,

    i. e. down upon his knees, on his bended knees, id. Ep. 1, 12, 28; cf.:

    minor in certamine longo,

    worsted, id. ib. 1, 10, 35:

    numero plures, virtute et honore minores,

    inferior, id. ib. 2, 1, 183.— Absol.: minor, inferior in rank:

    praevalidi ad injurias minorum elati,

    Tac. A. 15, 20; Ov. P. 4, 7, 49; cf.:

    sapiens uno minor est Jove,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106:

    minor capitis, i. e. capiti deminutus,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 42: et sunt notitiā multa minora tuā, too trivial, = leviora, Ov. Tr. 2, 214:

    dies sermone minor fuit,

    too short for, id. P. 2, 10, 37:

    infans Et minor igne rogi,

    too young for, Juv. 15, 140.—With abl. of measure, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 117:

    ut uno minus teste haberet?

    id. ib. 2, 1, 57, §

    149: bis sex Herculeis ceciderunt, me minus uno, Viribus,

    i. e. eleven, Ov. M. 12, 554.—Of age:

    qui minor est natu,

    younger, Cic. Lael. 9, 32:

    aliquot annis minor natu,

    id. Ac. 2, 19, 61:

    aetate minor,

    Ov. M. 7, 499:

    minor uno mense,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 40:

    filia minor Ptolemaei regis,

    the younger daughter, Caes. B. C. 3, 112:

    minor viginti annis,

    less than twenty years old, under twenty years of age, Dig. 30, 99, 1.— With gen.:

    minor quam viginti quinque annorum natu, Praetor,

    Dig. 4, 4, 1; id. ib. 50, 2, 6:

    si pupilla minor quam viripotens nupserit,

    id. ib. 36, 2, 30.—So, absol.: minor, a person under age (under five-and-twenty), a minor:

    De minoribus,

    Dig. 4, tit. 4:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    ib. 4, 4, 24:

    si minor praetor vel consul jus dixerit, valebit,

    ib. 42, 1, 57.— Poet., children, Sil. 2, 491.—Also, descendants, posterity, = posteri:

    nunc fama, minores Italiam dixisse ducis de nomine gentem,

    Verg. A. 1, 532; so id. ib. 733; Prop. 2, 15, 47; Sil. 16, 44:

    minorum gentium, v. gens.—In specifications of value: vendo meum non pluris quam ceteri, fortasse etiam minoris,

    cheaper, Cic. Off. 3, 12, 51:

    minoris pallium addicere placuit,

    Petr. 14: omnia minoris aestimare, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 2:

    (fidem suam) non minoris quam publicam ducebat,

    Sall. J. 32, 5.—
    (β).
    Poet., with acc. respect.:

    frontemque minor truncam amnis Acarnan,

    Sil. 3, 42; Val. Fl. 1, 582.—
    (γ).
    Poet., with inf.:

    tanto certare minor,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 313:

    heu Fatis Superi certare minores!

    Sil. 5, 76.
    III.
    Sup.: mĭnĭmus, a, um (whence a new sup.:

    minimissimus digitorum,

    Arn. 5, 160; 166; cf., in the Gr., elachistotatos, from elachistos), very small, very little; least, smallest, etc.:

    cum sit nihil omnino in rerum naturā minimum, quod dividi nequeat,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 7, 27:

    minimae tenuissimaeque res,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 169:

    minima pars temporis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 70:

    quā minima altitudo fluminis erat,

    id. B. G. 1, 8:

    in maximā fortunā minima licentia est,

    Sall. C. 51, 13:

    vitia,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 69:

    minimus digitulus,

    the little finger, Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 15; so,

    minimus digitus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 103, § 251.—Of age: minimus natu horum omnium, the youngest, Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 58:

    ex his omnibus natu minimus,

    id. Clu. 38, 107:

    Hiempsal, qui minimus ex illis erat,

    Sall. J. 11, 3:

    minimus filius,

    Just. 42, 5, 6.—In specifications of value:

    deos minimi facit,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 35: Pe. Quanti emi potest minimo? Ep. Ad quadraginta fortasse eam posse emi minimo minis, id. Ep. 2, 2, 110: Crispinus minimo me provocat, for a trifle (in a wager), Hor. S. 1, 4, 14 (minimo provocare dicuntur hi qui in responsione plus ipsi promittunt quam exigunt ab adversario, Schol.).—Prov.:

    minima de malis,

    of evils choose the least, Cic. Off. 3, 29, 105.—

    With a negation emphatically: non minimo discrimine, i. e. maximo,

    Suet. Aug. 25:

    res non minimi periculi,

    id. ib. 67:

    ut nihil, ne pro minimis quidem, debeant,

    Liv. 6, 41. —With gen.:

    minimum firmitatis minimumque virium,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 46:

    minimum pedibus itineris confectum,

    Liv. 44, 5:

    unde minimum periculi erat,

    id. 27, 15.— As adv. absol.:

    praemia apud me minimum valent,

    very little, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 11; cf. Quint. 5, 10, 56:

    minimum distantia miror,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 72:

    dormiebat minimum,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 11:

    medica secatur sexies per annos: cum minimum, quater,

    at least, Plin. 18, 16, 43, § 146:

    quam minimum credula postero (diei),

    as little as possible, Hor. C. 1, 11, 8:

    ita fiunt omnes partes minimum octoginta et una,

    at least, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 12:

    quae (comprehensio) ex tribus minimum partibus constat,

    Quint. 5, 10, 5:

    in quo non minimum Aetolorum operā regii fugati atque in castra compulsi sunt,

    chiefly, particularly, Liv. 33, 6, 6:

    eae omnia novella sata corrumpunt, non minimum vites,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 18.—Hence, adv.
    A.
    Posit.: parvē, a little, slightly (very rare), Vitr. 9, 6.—
    B.
    Comp.: mĭnus, less:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too little... too much, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    ne quid plus minusve faxit,

    id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21 (v. plus, under multus):

    cum habeas plus, Pauperiem metuas minus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 93:

    ne mea oratio, si minus de aliquo dixero, ingrata: si satis de omnibus, infinita esse videatur,

    Cic. Sest. 50, 108:

    metus ipsi per se minus valerent, nisi, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 72, 150:

    minus multi,

    not so many, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 138:

    minus multum et minus bonum vinum,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2:

    ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,

    less good, not so good, Sall. C. 2, 6:

    quia Libyes quam Gaetuli minus bellicosi,

    Sall. J. 18, 12:

    minus diu vivunt,

    Plin. 14, 22, 28, § 141.—Rarely with comp.:

    minus admirabilior,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46 Duker: quare milites Metelli sauciabantur multo minus, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 1, 1; cf. Ov. M. 12, 554:

    civilem admodum inter initia ac paulo minus quam privatum egit,

    little less so than, nearly as much so as, Suet. Tib. 26:

    dimidio minus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 22, 3.—With quam:

    nec illa minus aut plus quam tu sapiat,

    Plaut. As. 4, 1, 28:

    minus quam aequom erat feci,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 10:

    respondebo tibi minus fortasse vehementer, quam abs te sum provocatus,

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72.—With atque:

    qui peccas minus atque ego?

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 96.—And elliptically, without a particle of comparison:

    minus quindecim dies sunt, quod, etc.,

    less than fifteen days, not yet fifteen days, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 1:

    madefactum iri minus XXX. diebus Graeciam sanguine,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68:

    minus quinquennium est, quod prodiere,

    Plin. 15, 25, 30, § 104:

    cecidere duo milia haud minus peditum,

    Liv. 42, 6:

    cum centum et quinquaginta non minus adessent,

    id. 42, 28; Varr. R. R. 2, 2 fin.:

    ut ex suā cujusque parte ne minus dimidium ad Trebonium perveniret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 123:

    ut antequam baccae legantur, ne minus triduum serenum fuerit,

    Col. 12, 38, 6.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Non (haud) minus quam (atque), not less than, no less than, quite as:

    exanimatus evolat ex senatu, non minus perturbato animo atque vultu, quam si, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 12, 28:

    existumans non minus me tibi quam liberos carum fore,

    Sall. J. 10, 1:

    non minus nobis jucundi atque illustres sunt ii dies, quibus conservamur quam illi quibus nascimur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 2; Quint. 2, 4, 8; 3, 7, 20:

    laudibus haud minus quam praemio gaudent militum animi,

    Liv. 2, 60:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561.—
    b.
    Non (neque) minus, equally, and as well, also: haec res [p. 1311] non minus me male habet quam te, Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 30: quae hominibus non minus quam liberi cara esse debent, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 3; Ov. H. 19, 86:

    neque minus assiduis fessa choreis,

    also, Prop. 1, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Nihil minus, in replies, as a strong negation, by no means, Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 45: Py. At tu apud nos hic mane, Dum redeat ipsa. Ch. Nihil minus, id. ib. 3, 3, 29:

    nihil profecto minus,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 81; cf.: quid? a Tranione servo? Si. Multo id minus, Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 20.—
    d.
    Minus minusque, minus et (ac) minus, less and less: mihi jam minus minusque obtemperat. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 33:

    jam minus atque minus successu laetus equorum,

    Verg. A. 12, 616; Hor. C. 1, 25, 6:

    minus et minus,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 73; id. H. 2, 129:

    minus ac minus,

    Plin. 11, 10, 10, § 26.—
    3.
    Transf., in a softened negation, not at all, by no means, not:

    quod intellexi minus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 11:

    nonnumquam ea quae praedicta sunt, minus eveniunt,

    Cic. Div. 1, 14, 24.—Esp.:

    si minus: monebo, si quem meministi minus,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 19:

    Syracusis, si minus supplicio affici, at custodiri oportebat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 27, § 69:

    quod si assecutus sum, gaudeo: sin minus, hoc me tamen consolor quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 6 et saep.; so,

    minus formido ne exedat,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 45. —
    b.
    Quo minus, also written as one word, quominus, that not, from, after verbs of hindering, preventing, as impedio, recuso, deterreo, etc., Ter. And. 1, 2, 26:

    si te infirmitas valetudinis tenuit, quo minus ad ludos venires,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 1, 1; 7, 1, 6:

    hiemem credo prohibuisse, quo minus de te certum haberemus, quid ageres,

    id. Fam. 12, 5, 1:

    deterrere aliquem, quo minus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    stetisse per Trebonium, quo minus oppido potirentur, videbatur,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 13 fin.; Quint. 12, 1, 16;

    v. also quo. —Ante-class. also in the reverse order, minus quo: ne vereatur, minus jam quo redeat domum,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 8.—
    C.
    Sup., in two forms, parvissime (post-class.), and minime (class.), least, very little.
    1.
    par-vissĭmē:

    memorare aliquid,

    very briefly, with very few words, Cael. Aur. Acut. 2, 38. —
    2.
    mĭnĭmē, least of all, in the smallest degree, least, very little:

    cum minime vellem, minimeque opus fuit,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 42:

    cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Or. 66, 222:

    mihi placebat Pomponius maxime, vel dicam minime displicebat,

    id. Brut. 57, 207:

    quod in miserrimis rebus minime miserum putabis, id facies,

    id. Fam. 14, 13:

    quod minime ad eos mercatores saepe commeant,

    very rarely, Caes. B. G. 1, 1, 3; Cic. de Or. 2, 79, 322.—Strengthened by quam:

    si non decore, at quam minime dedecore facere possimus,

    as little as possible, Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114; by omnium and gentium:

    ad te minime omnium pertinebat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 34, 96:

    minime gentium,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 77:

    heus, inquit, puer, arcesse Pamphilam,... illa exclamat, Minime gentium,

    not for any thing in the world, Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 11; id. Ad. 3, 2, 44.—
    B.
    In partic.
    a.
    For minimum, saltem, at least:

    is morbus erit longissimus minimeque annuus,

    Cels. 2, 8 fin. Targ.:

    pedes decem vel minime novem,

    Col. 1, 6, 6:

    sed id minime bis anno arari debet,

    id. 5, 9, 12; id. Arb. 16, 3.—
    b.
    In replies, as an emphatic negative, by no means, not at all, not in the least, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 50: Ba. Sed cessas? Pa. Minime equidem:

    nam hodie, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 16: M. An tu haec non credis? A. Minime vero, Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: num igitur peccamus? Minime vos quidem. id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    minime, minime hercle vero!

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 23; so in discourse: minime multi (= quam paucissimi). Ter. Eun. prol. 2: minume irasci decet. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 27; Sall. C. 51, 13.—Strengthened by gentium (cf.supra): Nau. Meriton' hoc meo videtur factum? De. Minime gentium, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > parvissime

  • 18 parvus

    parvus, a, um, adj. (usual, irreg. comp. and sup.: mĭnor, mĭnĭmus.— Comp.:

    volantum parviores,

    Cael. Aur. Tard. 2, 1, 26.— Sup.: rictus parvissimus, Varr. ap. Non. 456, 10:

    parvissima corpora,

    Lucr. 1, 615; 621; 3, 199: minerrimus pro minimo dixerunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 122 Müll.:

    minimissimus,

    Arn. 5, n. 8) [kindr. with paucus and Gr. pauros; cf., also, parum, parcus], little, small, petty, puny, inconsiderable (cf.: exiguus, minutus, brevis; in class. prose parvus is not used, like brevis, of stature, v. Auct. Her. 4, 33, 45).
    I.
    Posit.:

    in parvis aut mediocribus rebus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    quam parva sit terra, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 26; cf. id. ib. 6, 16, 16:

    commoda parva ac mediocria,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 1:

    in parvum quendam et angustum locum concludi,

    id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:

    beneficium non parvum,

    id. Caecin. 10, 26:

    parvi pisciculi,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 123:

    haec parva et infirma sunt,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    si parva licet componere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    merces,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 86:

    sucus,

    Plin. 21, 31, 105, § 178 et saep.:

    liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37;

    so of children: salutaria appetant parvi,

    the little ones, id. Fin. 3, 5, 16:

    parva soror,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 15; cf.:

    memini quae plagosum mihi parvo Orbilium dictare,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 70:

    operosa parvus Carmina fingo,

    a little man, id. C. 4, 2, 31; Suet. Aug. 48:

    a parvis didicimus: si in jus vocat, etc.,

    when little, in childhood, Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    puer in domo a parvo eductus,

    from infancy, Liv. 1, 39 fin. —Of time, little, short, brief:

    parvae consuetudinis Causa,

    slight, short, Ter. And. 1, 1, 83; cf.:

    in parvo tempore,

    Lucr. 5, 106:

    nox,

    Luc. 4, 476:

    vita,

    id. 6, 806:

    parvam fidem habere alicui,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 117:

    hic onus horret, Ut parvis animis et parvo corpore majus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 39:

    homo parvo ingenio,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 29:

    parvum carmen,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 257:

    hoc opus, hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    both small and great, id. ib. 1, 3, 28.—With ref. to value or consequence, little, small, low, mean, etc.:

    meam erus esse operam deputat parvi pretii,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1:

    nil parvom aut humili modo, Nil mortale loquar,

    Hor. C. 3, 25, 17:

    et magnis parva mineris Falce recisurum simili te,

    id. S. 1, 3, 122:

    pretio parvo vendere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 134:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi est consilium domi,

    of little value, id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    parvi refert abs te jus dici diligenter, nisi, etc.,

    it matters little, id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 7, § 20.—Hence, parvi facere, aestimare, ducere, pendere, etc., to esteem lightly, care little for:

    parvi ego illos facio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 41:

    parvi aestimo, si ego hic peribo,

    id. Capt. 3, 5, 24:

    quia parvi id duceret,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 8, 24: nequam hominis ego parvi pendo gratiam, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 29.—So, in abl.:

    signa abs te diligenter parvoque curata sunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 3, 2; so,

    quanti emptus? parvo,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 156:

    parvo stat magna potentia nobis,

    Ov. M. 14, 493:

    parvo contentus esse possum,

    with little, Cic. Att. 12, 19, 1; cf.:

    vivitur parvo bene,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 13:

    possim contentus vivere parvo,

    Tib. 1, 1, 25:

    agricolae prisci, fortes parvoque beati,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 139:

    necessarium est parvo assuescere,

    Sen. Ep. 123, 3: parvo, as an abl. of measure, with comp. (rarely;

    perh. not ante-Aug.): ita ut parvo admodum plures caperentur,

    a very little more, Liv. 10, 45, 11:

    parvo brevius,

    Plin. 2, 67, 67, § 168:

    haud parvo junior,

    Gell. 13, 2, 2.—So in designating time:

    parvo post,

    Plin. 16, 25, 42, § 103:

    parvo post tempore,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 1.—Of stature (late Lat. for brevis):

    Zacchaeus staturā parvus erat,

    Aug. Serm. 113, 3; id. in Psa. 143, 1.
    II.
    Comp.: mĭnor, us [cf. Gr. minus, minuthô], less, lesser, smaller, inferior:

    quod in re majore valet, valeat in minore,

    Cic. Top. 4, 23:

    si ea pecunia non minor esset facta,

    id. Leg. 2, 20, 51:

    Hibernia dimidio minor quam Britannia,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13:

    minus praedae quam speraverant fuit,

    a smaller quantity, less, Liv. 4, 51:

    sociis dimidio minus quam civibus datum,

    id. 41, 13 fin.:

    calceus... si minor (pede), uret,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 43:

    neve minor, neu sit quinto productior actu Fabula,

    less than five acts, id. A. P. 189:

    genibus minor,

    i. e. down upon his knees, on his bended knees, id. Ep. 1, 12, 28; cf.:

    minor in certamine longo,

    worsted, id. ib. 1, 10, 35:

    numero plures, virtute et honore minores,

    inferior, id. ib. 2, 1, 183.— Absol.: minor, inferior in rank:

    praevalidi ad injurias minorum elati,

    Tac. A. 15, 20; Ov. P. 4, 7, 49; cf.:

    sapiens uno minor est Jove,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106:

    minor capitis, i. e. capiti deminutus,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 42: et sunt notitiā multa minora tuā, too trivial, = leviora, Ov. Tr. 2, 214:

    dies sermone minor fuit,

    too short for, id. P. 2, 10, 37:

    infans Et minor igne rogi,

    too young for, Juv. 15, 140.—With abl. of measure, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 117:

    ut uno minus teste haberet?

    id. ib. 2, 1, 57, §

    149: bis sex Herculeis ceciderunt, me minus uno, Viribus,

    i. e. eleven, Ov. M. 12, 554.—Of age:

    qui minor est natu,

    younger, Cic. Lael. 9, 32:

    aliquot annis minor natu,

    id. Ac. 2, 19, 61:

    aetate minor,

    Ov. M. 7, 499:

    minor uno mense,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 40:

    filia minor Ptolemaei regis,

    the younger daughter, Caes. B. C. 3, 112:

    minor viginti annis,

    less than twenty years old, under twenty years of age, Dig. 30, 99, 1.— With gen.:

    minor quam viginti quinque annorum natu, Praetor,

    Dig. 4, 4, 1; id. ib. 50, 2, 6:

    si pupilla minor quam viripotens nupserit,

    id. ib. 36, 2, 30.—So, absol.: minor, a person under age (under five-and-twenty), a minor:

    De minoribus,

    Dig. 4, tit. 4:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    ib. 4, 4, 24:

    si minor praetor vel consul jus dixerit, valebit,

    ib. 42, 1, 57.— Poet., children, Sil. 2, 491.—Also, descendants, posterity, = posteri:

    nunc fama, minores Italiam dixisse ducis de nomine gentem,

    Verg. A. 1, 532; so id. ib. 733; Prop. 2, 15, 47; Sil. 16, 44:

    minorum gentium, v. gens.—In specifications of value: vendo meum non pluris quam ceteri, fortasse etiam minoris,

    cheaper, Cic. Off. 3, 12, 51:

    minoris pallium addicere placuit,

    Petr. 14: omnia minoris aestimare, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 2:

    (fidem suam) non minoris quam publicam ducebat,

    Sall. J. 32, 5.—
    (β).
    Poet., with acc. respect.:

    frontemque minor truncam amnis Acarnan,

    Sil. 3, 42; Val. Fl. 1, 582.—
    (γ).
    Poet., with inf.:

    tanto certare minor,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 313:

    heu Fatis Superi certare minores!

    Sil. 5, 76.
    III.
    Sup.: mĭnĭmus, a, um (whence a new sup.:

    minimissimus digitorum,

    Arn. 5, 160; 166; cf., in the Gr., elachistotatos, from elachistos), very small, very little; least, smallest, etc.:

    cum sit nihil omnino in rerum naturā minimum, quod dividi nequeat,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 7, 27:

    minimae tenuissimaeque res,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 169:

    minima pars temporis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 70:

    quā minima altitudo fluminis erat,

    id. B. G. 1, 8:

    in maximā fortunā minima licentia est,

    Sall. C. 51, 13:

    vitia,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 69:

    minimus digitulus,

    the little finger, Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 15; so,

    minimus digitus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 103, § 251.—Of age: minimus natu horum omnium, the youngest, Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 58:

    ex his omnibus natu minimus,

    id. Clu. 38, 107:

    Hiempsal, qui minimus ex illis erat,

    Sall. J. 11, 3:

    minimus filius,

    Just. 42, 5, 6.—In specifications of value:

    deos minimi facit,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 35: Pe. Quanti emi potest minimo? Ep. Ad quadraginta fortasse eam posse emi minimo minis, id. Ep. 2, 2, 110: Crispinus minimo me provocat, for a trifle (in a wager), Hor. S. 1, 4, 14 (minimo provocare dicuntur hi qui in responsione plus ipsi promittunt quam exigunt ab adversario, Schol.).—Prov.:

    minima de malis,

    of evils choose the least, Cic. Off. 3, 29, 105.—

    With a negation emphatically: non minimo discrimine, i. e. maximo,

    Suet. Aug. 25:

    res non minimi periculi,

    id. ib. 67:

    ut nihil, ne pro minimis quidem, debeant,

    Liv. 6, 41. —With gen.:

    minimum firmitatis minimumque virium,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 46:

    minimum pedibus itineris confectum,

    Liv. 44, 5:

    unde minimum periculi erat,

    id. 27, 15.— As adv. absol.:

    praemia apud me minimum valent,

    very little, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 11; cf. Quint. 5, 10, 56:

    minimum distantia miror,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 72:

    dormiebat minimum,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 11:

    medica secatur sexies per annos: cum minimum, quater,

    at least, Plin. 18, 16, 43, § 146:

    quam minimum credula postero (diei),

    as little as possible, Hor. C. 1, 11, 8:

    ita fiunt omnes partes minimum octoginta et una,

    at least, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 12:

    quae (comprehensio) ex tribus minimum partibus constat,

    Quint. 5, 10, 5:

    in quo non minimum Aetolorum operā regii fugati atque in castra compulsi sunt,

    chiefly, particularly, Liv. 33, 6, 6:

    eae omnia novella sata corrumpunt, non minimum vites,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 18.—Hence, adv.
    A.
    Posit.: parvē, a little, slightly (very rare), Vitr. 9, 6.—
    B.
    Comp.: mĭnus, less:

    aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,

    too little... too much, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:

    ne quid plus minusve faxit,

    id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21 (v. plus, under multus):

    cum habeas plus, Pauperiem metuas minus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 93:

    ne mea oratio, si minus de aliquo dixero, ingrata: si satis de omnibus, infinita esse videatur,

    Cic. Sest. 50, 108:

    metus ipsi per se minus valerent, nisi, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 72, 150:

    minus multi,

    not so many, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 138:

    minus multum et minus bonum vinum,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2:

    ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,

    less good, not so good, Sall. C. 2, 6:

    quia Libyes quam Gaetuli minus bellicosi,

    Sall. J. 18, 12:

    minus diu vivunt,

    Plin. 14, 22, 28, § 141.—Rarely with comp.:

    minus admirabilior,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46 Duker: quare milites Metelli sauciabantur multo minus, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 1, 1; cf. Ov. M. 12, 554:

    civilem admodum inter initia ac paulo minus quam privatum egit,

    little less so than, nearly as much so as, Suet. Tib. 26:

    dimidio minus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 22, 3.—With quam:

    nec illa minus aut plus quam tu sapiat,

    Plaut. As. 4, 1, 28:

    minus quam aequom erat feci,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 10:

    respondebo tibi minus fortasse vehementer, quam abs te sum provocatus,

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72.—With atque:

    qui peccas minus atque ego?

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 96.—And elliptically, without a particle of comparison:

    minus quindecim dies sunt, quod, etc.,

    less than fifteen days, not yet fifteen days, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 1:

    madefactum iri minus XXX. diebus Graeciam sanguine,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68:

    minus quinquennium est, quod prodiere,

    Plin. 15, 25, 30, § 104:

    cecidere duo milia haud minus peditum,

    Liv. 42, 6:

    cum centum et quinquaginta non minus adessent,

    id. 42, 28; Varr. R. R. 2, 2 fin.:

    ut ex suā cujusque parte ne minus dimidium ad Trebonium perveniret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 123:

    ut antequam baccae legantur, ne minus triduum serenum fuerit,

    Col. 12, 38, 6.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Non (haud) minus quam (atque), not less than, no less than, quite as:

    exanimatus evolat ex senatu, non minus perturbato animo atque vultu, quam si, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 12, 28:

    existumans non minus me tibi quam liberos carum fore,

    Sall. J. 10, 1:

    non minus nobis jucundi atque illustres sunt ii dies, quibus conservamur quam illi quibus nascimur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 2; Quint. 2, 4, 8; 3, 7, 20:

    laudibus haud minus quam praemio gaudent militum animi,

    Liv. 2, 60:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561.—
    b.
    Non (neque) minus, equally, and as well, also: haec res [p. 1311] non minus me male habet quam te, Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 30: quae hominibus non minus quam liberi cara esse debent, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 3; Ov. H. 19, 86:

    neque minus assiduis fessa choreis,

    also, Prop. 1, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Nihil minus, in replies, as a strong negation, by no means, Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 45: Py. At tu apud nos hic mane, Dum redeat ipsa. Ch. Nihil minus, id. ib. 3, 3, 29:

    nihil profecto minus,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 81; cf.: quid? a Tranione servo? Si. Multo id minus, Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 20.—
    d.
    Minus minusque, minus et (ac) minus, less and less: mihi jam minus minusque obtemperat. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 33:

    jam minus atque minus successu laetus equorum,

    Verg. A. 12, 616; Hor. C. 1, 25, 6:

    minus et minus,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 73; id. H. 2, 129:

    minus ac minus,

    Plin. 11, 10, 10, § 26.—
    3.
    Transf., in a softened negation, not at all, by no means, not:

    quod intellexi minus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 11:

    nonnumquam ea quae praedicta sunt, minus eveniunt,

    Cic. Div. 1, 14, 24.—Esp.:

    si minus: monebo, si quem meministi minus,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 19:

    Syracusis, si minus supplicio affici, at custodiri oportebat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 27, § 69:

    quod si assecutus sum, gaudeo: sin minus, hoc me tamen consolor quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 6 et saep.; so,

    minus formido ne exedat,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 45. —
    b.
    Quo minus, also written as one word, quominus, that not, from, after verbs of hindering, preventing, as impedio, recuso, deterreo, etc., Ter. And. 1, 2, 26:

    si te infirmitas valetudinis tenuit, quo minus ad ludos venires,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 1, 1; 7, 1, 6:

    hiemem credo prohibuisse, quo minus de te certum haberemus, quid ageres,

    id. Fam. 12, 5, 1:

    deterrere aliquem, quo minus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    stetisse per Trebonium, quo minus oppido potirentur, videbatur,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 13 fin.; Quint. 12, 1, 16;

    v. also quo. —Ante-class. also in the reverse order, minus quo: ne vereatur, minus jam quo redeat domum,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 8.—
    C.
    Sup., in two forms, parvissime (post-class.), and minime (class.), least, very little.
    1.
    par-vissĭmē:

    memorare aliquid,

    very briefly, with very few words, Cael. Aur. Acut. 2, 38. —
    2.
    mĭnĭmē, least of all, in the smallest degree, least, very little:

    cum minime vellem, minimeque opus fuit,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 42:

    cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Or. 66, 222:

    mihi placebat Pomponius maxime, vel dicam minime displicebat,

    id. Brut. 57, 207:

    quod in miserrimis rebus minime miserum putabis, id facies,

    id. Fam. 14, 13:

    quod minime ad eos mercatores saepe commeant,

    very rarely, Caes. B. G. 1, 1, 3; Cic. de Or. 2, 79, 322.—Strengthened by quam:

    si non decore, at quam minime dedecore facere possimus,

    as little as possible, Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114; by omnium and gentium:

    ad te minime omnium pertinebat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 34, 96:

    minime gentium,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 77:

    heus, inquit, puer, arcesse Pamphilam,... illa exclamat, Minime gentium,

    not for any thing in the world, Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 11; id. Ad. 3, 2, 44.—
    B.
    In partic.
    a.
    For minimum, saltem, at least:

    is morbus erit longissimus minimeque annuus,

    Cels. 2, 8 fin. Targ.:

    pedes decem vel minime novem,

    Col. 1, 6, 6:

    sed id minime bis anno arari debet,

    id. 5, 9, 12; id. Arb. 16, 3.—
    b.
    In replies, as an emphatic negative, by no means, not at all, not in the least, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 50: Ba. Sed cessas? Pa. Minime equidem:

    nam hodie, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 16: M. An tu haec non credis? A. Minime vero, Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: num igitur peccamus? Minime vos quidem. id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    minime, minime hercle vero!

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 23; so in discourse: minime multi (= quam paucissimi). Ter. Eun. prol. 2: minume irasci decet. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 27; Sall. C. 51, 13.—Strengthened by gentium (cf.supra): Nau. Meriton' hoc meo videtur factum? De. Minime gentium, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > parvus

  • 19 als

    Konj.
    1. zeitlich: when, (während) as, while; damals, als... back then, when..., in the days, when...; als ich kam, war er nicht mehr da he had already left by the time I arrived; ich kam erst, als er schon weg war I didn’t arrive until after he had left
    2. vergleichend; nach Komp.: than; nach Negation: but, except; er ist älter als du he’s older than you; alles andere als ( hübsch etc.) anything but (pretty etc.); wer sonst als er etc. who else but him etc.; kein anderer oder niemand anders als er non other than he; nichts als ( Unsinn etc.) nothing but (rubbish etc.); mehr als genug more than enough; so bald oder schnell als möglich as soon ( oder quickly) as possible; als ob as if, as though; sie tat (so), als schliefe sie oder als ob sie schliefe auch she pretended to be asleep; als ob du das nicht gewusst hättest! as if you didn’t (already) know that!; mir war, als wenn es geklingelt hätte I thought the doorbell had rung; er ist zu anständig, als dass er das tun könnte he’s too decent to do a thing like that
    3. erläuternd: as; (in der Eigenschaft von) auch in one’s capacity as.; als Lehrer / Künstler etc. as a critic / an artist etc.; als Deutscher / Franzose etc. being a German / Frenchman.; als Entschuldigung by way of an excuse; als Geschenk as a present; das erwies sich als Fehler / richtig that turned out to be a mistake / right; du als Ältester you as the eldest; er starb als Held he died (as) a hero; sie kam als Letzte rein she was the last to come in; als Kind war ich oft krank I was often ill as a child
    4. altm.: als da sind oder wären to wit, namely, that is to say allg.; insofern, solch, sowohl, umso
    * * *
    (Eigenschaft) being; as;
    (vergleichend) as; than;
    (zeitlich) as; when; while
    * * *
    ạls [als]
    1. conj
    1) (nach comp) than

    Hans ist größer als sein Bruder — Hans is taller than his brother

    2)

    (bei Vergleichen) so... als... — as... as...

    so viel/so weit als möglich — as much/far as possible

    als wie — as

    nichts/niemand/nirgend anders als — nothing/nobody/nowhere but

    eher or lieber... als — rather... than

    ich würde eher sterben als das zu tun — I would rather die than do that, I would die rather than do that

    anders sein als — to be different from

    das machen wir anders als ihr — we do it differently to you

    3) (in Modalsätzen) as if or though

    es sieht aus, als würde es bald schneien — it looks as if or though it will snow soon

    sie sah aus, als ob or wenn sie schliefe — she looked as if or though she were asleep

    See:
    → auch ob
    4)

    (in Aufzählung) als (da sind)... — that is to say..., to wit... (old, form)

    5)

    (in Konsekutivsätzen) sie ist zu alt, als dass sie das noch verstehen könnte — she is too old to understand that

    die Zeit war zu knapp, als dass wir... — the time was too short for us to...

    das ist umso trauriger, als es nicht das erste Mal war — that's all the sadder in that it wasn't the first time

    gleich, als — as soon as

    damals, als — (in the days) when

    gerade, als — just as

    7) (= in der Eigenschaft) as

    als Antwort/Warnung — as an answer/a warning

    sich als wahr/falsch erweisen — to prove to be true/false

    als Held/Revolutionär — as a hero/revolutionary

    als Kind/Mädchen etc — as a child/girl etc

    See:
    2. adv (dial inf)
    (= immer)

    etw als (noch mal) tun — to keep on( and on) doing sth

    * * *
    1) (in the position of: He is greatly respected both as a person and as a politician.) as
    2) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) on
    3) (a word used in comparisons: It is easier than I thought; I sing better than he does; He sings better than me.) than
    4) ((at or during) the time at which: It happened when I was abroad; When you see her, give her this message; When I've finished, I'll telephone you.) when
    * * *
    [als]
    1. (in dem Moment, da) when, as
    ich kam, \als er ging I came as he was leaving
    gleich, \als... as soon as...
    damals, \als... [back] in the days when...
    gerade \als... just when [or as]...
    sie rief an, \als ich gerade weg war she called just as I'd left
    2. nach komp than
    der Bericht ist interessanter \als erwartet the report is more interesting than would have been expected
    3. (geh: wie) as
    so... \als möglich as... as possible
    alles andere \als... everything but...
    anders \als jd sein to be different from [or to] sb
    niemand/nirgends anders \als... nobody/nowhere but...
    niemand anders \als... (a. hum, iron) none other than...
    sie haben andere Verfahren \als wir they have different procedures from ours
    ich brauche nichts anderes \als ein paar Tage Urlaub all I need is a couple of days vacation
    ▪ ..., \als habe/könne/sei/würde... as if [or though]
    es sieht aus, \als würde es bald schneien it looks like snow [or as though it's going to snow]
    \als ob ich das nicht wüsste! as if I didn't know that!
    5. (so dass es ausgeschlossen ist)
    ▪ zu..., \als dass too... to...
    du bist noch zu jung, \als dass du dich daran erinnern könntest you're too young to be able to remember that
    6. (zumal) since
    ▪ umso..., \als... all the more..., since...
    das ist umso trauriger, \als es nicht das erste Mal war it is all the sadder since it wasn't the first time
    7. (in der Eigenschaft von etw)
    ▪ \als etw as sth
    ein Tonband ist vor Gericht nicht \als Beweis zugelassen a tape recording is not recognized as evidence in court
    ▪ \als jd as sb
    schon \als Kind hatte er immer Albträume even as a child, he had nightmares
    sich \als wahr/falsch erweisen to prove to be true/false
    * * *

    damals, als — [in the days] when

    um so mehr, als — all the more since or in that; s. auch insofern; insoweit

    3)

    ..., als da sind... — to wit; namely

    die [drei] Grundfarben, als da sind Rot, Blau und Gelb — the [three] primary colours, to wit or namely red, blue, and yellow

    größer/älter/mehr usw. als... — bigger/older/more etc. than...

    kein anderer od. niemand anderes als... — none other than

    niemand od. keiner als... — nobody but...

    nirgends anders als... — nowhere but...

    du brauchst nichts [anderes] zu tun, als abzuwarten — all you need to do is just wait and see

    anders als... — different/differently from...

    lieber hänge ich mich auf, als dass ich ins Gefängnis gehe — I'd rather hang myself than go to prison

    die Kinder sind noch zu klein, als dass wir sie allein lassen könnten — the children are still too small for us to be able to leave them on their own

    als [wenn od. ob] — (+ Konjunktiv II) as if or though

    er tut so, als ob od. wenn er nichts wüsste, er tut so, als wüsste er nichts — he pretends not to know anything

    als wenn od. ob ich das nicht wüsste! — as if I didn't know!

    soviel/soweit als möglich — as much/as far as possible; s. auch sowohl

    5)

    als Rentner/Arzt — usw. as a pensioner/doctor etc.

    du als Lehrer... — as a teacher you...

    jemanden als faul/Dummkopf bezeichnen — call somebody lazy/a fool

    sich als wahr/Lüge erweisen — prove to be true/a lie

    * * *
    als konj
    1. zeitlich: when, (während) as, while;
    damals, als … back then, when …, in the days, when …;
    als ich kam, war er nicht mehr da he had already left by the time I arrived;
    ich kam erst, als er schon weg war I didn’t arrive until after he had left
    2. vergleichend; nach komp: than; nach Negation: but, except;
    er ist älter als du he’s older than you;
    hübsch etc) anything but (pretty etc);
    wer sonst als er etc who else but him etc;
    niemand anders als er non other than he;
    Unsinn etc) nothing but (rubbish etc);
    mehr als genug more than enough;
    schnell als möglich as soon ( oder quickly) as possible;
    als ob as if, as though;
    sie tat (so), als schliefe sie oder
    als ob sie schliefe auch she pretended to be asleep;
    als ob du das nicht gewusst hättest! as if you didn’t (already) know that!;
    mir war, als wenn es geklingelt hätte I thought the doorbell had rung;
    er ist zu anständig, als dass er das tun könnte he’s too decent to do a thing like that
    3. erläuternd: as; (in der Eigenschaft von) auch in one’s capacity as.;
    als Lehrer/Künstler etc as a critic/an artist etc;
    als Deutscher/Franzose etc being a German/Frenchman.;
    als Entschuldigung by way of an excuse;
    als Geschenk as a present;
    das erwies sich als Fehler/richtig that turned out to be a mistake/right;
    du als Ältester you as the eldest;
    er starb als Held he died (as) a hero;
    sie kam als Letzte rein she was the last to come in;
    als Kind war ich oft krank I was often ill as a child
    4. obs:
    wären to wit, namely, that is to say allg; → insofern, solch, sowohl, umso
    * * *
    1) Temporalsatz einleitend when; (während, indem) as

    damals, als — [in the days] when

    um so mehr, als — all the more since or in that; s. auch insofern; insoweit

    3)

    ..., als da sind... — to wit; namely

    die [drei] Grundfarben, als da sind Rot, Blau und Gelb — the [three] primary colours, to wit or namely red, blue, and yellow

    größer/älter/mehr usw. als... — bigger/older/more etc. than...

    kein anderer od. niemand anderes als... — none other than

    niemand od. keiner als... — nobody but...

    nirgends anders als... — nowhere but...

    du brauchst nichts [anderes] zu tun, als abzuwarten — all you need to do is just wait and see

    anders als... — different/differently from...

    lieber hänge ich mich auf, als dass ich ins Gefängnis gehe — I'd rather hang myself than go to prison

    die Kinder sind noch zu klein, als dass wir sie allein lassen könnten — the children are still too small for us to be able to leave them on their own

    als [wenn od. ob] — (+ Konjunktiv II) as if or though

    er tut so, als ob od. wenn er nichts wüsste, er tut so, als wüsste er nichts — he pretends not to know anything

    als wenn od. ob ich das nicht wüsste! — as if I didn't know!

    soviel/soweit als möglich — as much/as far as possible; s. auch sowohl

    5)

    als Rentner/Arzt — usw. as a pensioner/doctor etc.

    du als Lehrer... — as a teacher you...

    jemanden als faul/Dummkopf bezeichnen — call somebody lazy/a fool

    sich als wahr/Lüge erweisen — prove to be true/a lie

    * * *
    adj.
    inasmuch adj.
    then adj. adv.
    as adv.
    at the time when expr.
    than adv.
    when adv.
    while conj. konj.
    for conj.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > als

  • 20 nōn

        nōn adv.    [for old noenum, ne+oenum (unum)], not, by no means, not at all: hocine agis an non? T.: non erat abundans, non inops tamen: non est ita, iudices, non est profecto.—Before a negative, forming a weak affirmative: quod tamen fortasse non nollem, si, etc., might not object to.— After a negative, forming a strong affirmative: nihil non ad rationem dirigebat, everything.— Followed by ne... quidem, or nec... nec, continuing the negation: non fugio ne hos quidem mores: non possum reliqua nec cogitare nec scribere.—After a negative, repeating the negation with emphasis: ut nemo, non linguā, non manu, promptior haberetur, L.—Reversing a quality or thought, by no means, not at all, the reverse of, far from: non inimici mihi, Cu.: homo non aptissimus ad iocandum: non digna ferens (i. e. indigna), V.: non Invitus, gladly, H.: veri non dissimulator amoris, O.—With quod or quo, not that, not as if: non quod sola ornent, sed quod excellant: non quo sit servulus unus, idem quod familia, verum quia, etc.—With nisi, only: Non nisi vicinas tutus ararit aquas, O.—With vero, truly not: non vero tam isti quam tu ipse, nugator.—With modo or solum, followed by sed or verum, not only... but also: ut non modo a mente non deserar, sed id ipsum doleam, me, etc., not only... not, but, etc.: tu id non modo non prohibebas, verum etiam approbabas: adsentatio, quae non modo amico, sed ne libero quidem digna est.—With ita or tam, not so very, not particularly: simulacra non ita antiqua: non ita diu.— With fere, scarcely, hardly: non fere quisquam. —With si, not even if: iniussu tuo numquam pugnaverim, non si certam victoriam videam, L.: non si Opimium defendisti, idcirco, etc.— Much less: vix mehercule servis hoc eum suis, non vobis probaturum arbitrarer.—In a question expecting an affirmative answer: quid haec amentia significat? non vim? non scelus? non latrocinium?—In commands and wishes, for ne (poet.): non sint sine lege capilli, O.: Non Teucros agat in Rutulos, V.: non sit, qui tollere curet, H.—In an answer, no: aut etiam aut non respondere: exhereditavitne (pater filium)? Non.
    * * *
    not, by no means, no

    non modo... sed etiam -- not only... but also

    Latin-English dictionary > nōn

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • negation — [ni gā′shən] n. [< Fr or L: Fr négation < L negatio < negatus, pp. of negare, to deny < neg(i) < ne (see NO1) + * g(h) < IE * ĝ(h)i, intens. particle used after negation] 1. the act or an instance of denying; negative answer;… …   English World dictionary

  • Negation (comics) — Negation Cover to the Negation prequel issue Publication information Publisher CrossGen …   Wikipedia

  • Negation War — was a comic book series published by CrossGen Comics, and serving as a culmination of the metaplots of nearly all of CrossGen s other titles. It only ran for two issues, in Spring 2004, before the company declared bankruptcy and ended production… …   Wikipedia

  • Negation of the Diaspora — The negation of the Diaspora (Hebrew: שלילת הגלות‎, shlilat ha galut, or Hebrew: שלילת הגולה‎, shlilat ha golah) is a central assumption in all currents of Zionism. The concept encourages the dedication to Zionism s enterprise and it is used to… …   Wikipedia

  • After the Holocaust — The aftermath of the Holocaust had a profound effect on society in both Europe and the rest of the world. Its impact could be felt in theological discussions, artistic and cultural pursuits and political decisions. The fate of displaced persons… …   Wikipedia

  • Idealism (italian) and after — Italian idealism and after Gentile, Croce and others Giacomo Rinaldi INTRODUCTION The history of twentieth century Italian philosophy is strongly influenced both by the peculiar character of its evolution in the preceding century and by… …   History of philosophy

  • The "Negation of the Diaspora" in Zionism — According to Eliezer Schweid, shlilat ha galut , or the rejection of life in the Diaspora, is a central assumption in all currents of Zionism. The concept encourages the dedication to Zionism s enterprise and it is used to justify the denial of… …   Wikipedia

  • Structuralism (french) and after — French structuralism and after De Saussure, Lévi Strauss, Barthes, Lacan, Foucault Hugh J.Silverman FERDINAND DE SAUSSURE The history of structuralism cannot be thought without Ferdinand de Saussure (1857– 1913). The Swiss linguist lecturing in… …   History of philosophy

  • Congressional Debate — (also known as Student Congress, Legislative Debate) is a form of high school debate in the United States and Pakistan. The National Forensic League (NFL), National Catholic Forensic League (NCFL), many national debate tournaments, State Forensic …   Wikipedia

  • Student Congress — (also known as Congressional Debate) is a form of high school debate in the United States. The National Forensic League and National Catholic Forensic League offer Student Congress as an event, as do many national debate tournaments and State… …   Wikipedia

  • Indian philosophy — Any of the numerous philosophical systems developed on the Indian subcontinent, including both orthodox (astika) systems, namely, the Nyaya, Vaisheshika, Samkhya, Yoga, Mimamsa, and Vedanta schools of philosophy, and unorthodox (nastika) systems …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»